]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
Delay evaluation of alignment expressions in output sections
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
76
77 /* Forward declarations. */
78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
80 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statements (void);
87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
94
95 /* Exported variables. */
96 const char *output_target;
97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
103 const char *entry_section = ".text";
104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
114
115 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
116 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
118
119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125
126 #define new_stat(x, y) \
127 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128
129 #define outside_section_address(q) \
130 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131
132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134
135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136
137 void *
138 stat_alloc (size_t size)
139 {
140 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141 }
142
143 static int
144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145 {
146 if (wildcardp (pattern))
147 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148 return strcmp (pattern, name);
149 }
150
151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152 separator. If not, return NULL. */
153
154 static char *
155 archive_path (const char *pattern)
156 {
157 char *p = NULL;
158
159 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160 return p;
161
162 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165 return p;
166
167 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
169 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171 #endif
172 return p;
173 }
174
175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
177
178 static bfd_boolean
179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181 {
182 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183
184 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186 && ((sep != file_spec)
187 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188 {
189 match = TRUE;
190
191 if (sep != file_spec)
192 {
193 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194 *sep = 0;
195 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197 }
198 }
199 return match;
200 }
201
202 static bfd_boolean
203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205 {
206 struct unique_sections *unam;
207 const char *secnam;
208
209 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
210 && sec->owner != NULL
211 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212 return !(os != NULL
213 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214
215 secnam = sec->name;
216 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218 return TRUE;
219
220 return FALSE;
221 }
222
223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
224
225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
226 false. */
227
228 static bfd_boolean
229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
230 lang_input_statement_type *file)
231 {
232 struct name_list *list_tmp;
233
234 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
235 list_tmp;
236 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
237 {
238 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
239
240 if (p != NULL)
241 {
242 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
247 return TRUE;
248
249 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
250 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
251 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
252 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
253 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
254 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
255 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
256 return TRUE;
257 }
258
259 return FALSE;
260 }
261
262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
263 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
264 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
265 function is very fast. */
266
267 static void
268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 asection *s,
271 struct wildcard_list *sec,
272 callback_t callback,
273 void *data)
274 {
275 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
276 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
277 return;
278
279 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
280 }
281
282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
283 but slowly. */
284
285 static void
286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
287 lang_input_statement_type *file,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 asection *s;
292 struct wildcard_list *sec;
293
294 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
295 {
296 sec = ptr->section_list;
297 if (sec == NULL)
298 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
299
300 while (sec != NULL)
301 {
302 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
303
304 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
305 {
306 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
307
308 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
309 }
310
311 if (!skip)
312 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
313
314 sec = sec->next;
315 }
316 }
317 }
318
319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
320 than one section with that name, we report that. */
321
322 typedef struct
323 {
324 asection *found_section;
325 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
326 } section_iterator_callback_data;
327
328 static bfd_boolean
329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
330 {
331 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
332
333 if (d->found_section != NULL)
334 {
335 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
336 return TRUE;
337 }
338
339 d->found_section = s;
340 return FALSE;
341 }
342
343 static asection *
344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
345 struct wildcard_list *sec,
346 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
347 {
348 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
349
350 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
351 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
352 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
353 return cb_data.found_section;
354 }
355
356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
357 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
358
359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
360 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
361
362 static bfd_boolean
363 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
364 {
365 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
366 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
367 }
368
369 static bfd_boolean
370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
371 {
372 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
373 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
374 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
375 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
376 return FALSE;
377
378 pattern += 4;
379 name += 4;
380 while (*pattern != '*')
381 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
382 return FALSE;
383
384 return TRUE;
385 }
386
387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
388 section name NAME. */
389
390 static unsigned long
391 get_init_priority (const char *name)
392 {
393 char *end;
394 unsigned long init_priority;
395
396 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
397 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
398 lower value means a higher priority.
399
400 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
401 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
402 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
403 .fini_array is backward.
404 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
405 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
406 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
407 is forward.
408 */
409 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
410 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
411 {
412 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
413 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
414 }
415 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
416 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
417 {
418 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
419 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
420 }
421
422 return 0;
423 }
424
425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
426
427 static int
428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
429 {
430 int ret;
431 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
432
433 switch (sort)
434 {
435 default:
436 abort ();
437
438 case by_init_priority:
439 ainit_priority
440 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
441 binit_priority
442 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
443 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
444 goto sort_by_name;
445 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
446 if (ret)
447 break;
448 else
449 goto sort_by_name;
450
451 case by_alignment_name:
452 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
453 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
454 if (ret)
455 break;
456 /* Fall through. */
457
458 case by_name:
459 sort_by_name:
460 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
461 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
462 break;
463
464 case by_name_alignment:
465 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
466 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
467 if (ret)
468 break;
469 /* Fall through. */
470
471 case by_alignment:
472 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
473 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
474 break;
475 }
476
477 return ret;
478 }
479
480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
481 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
482 of sections are large. */
483
484 static lang_section_bst_type **
485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
486 struct wildcard_list *sec,
487 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
488 asection *section)
489 {
490 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
491
492 tree = &wild->tree;
493 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
494 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
495 {
496 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
497 while (*tree)
498 tree = &((*tree)->right);
499 return tree;
500 }
501
502 while (*tree)
503 {
504 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
505 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
506 tree = &((*tree)->left);
507 else
508 tree = &((*tree)->right);
509 }
510
511 return tree;
512 }
513
514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
515
516 static void
517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
518 struct wildcard_list *sec,
519 asection *section,
520 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 lang_input_statement_type *file,
522 void *output)
523 {
524 lang_section_bst_type *node;
525 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
527
528 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
529
530 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
531 return;
532
533 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
534 node->left = 0;
535 node->right = 0;
536 node->section = section;
537
538 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
539 if (tree != NULL)
540 *tree = node;
541 }
542
543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
544
545 static void
546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
547 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
548 void *output)
549 {
550 if (tree->left)
551 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
552
553 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
554 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
555
556 if (tree->right)
557 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
558
559 free (tree);
560 }
561
562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
563 wildcards */
564
565 static void
566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 lang_input_statement_type *file,
568 callback_t callback,
569 void *data)
570 {
571 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
572 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
573 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
574 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
575 get processed in the bfd's order. */
576 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
577 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
578 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
579
580 if (multiple_sections_found)
581 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
582 else if (s0)
583 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
584 }
585
586 static void
587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
588 lang_input_statement_type *file,
589 callback_t callback,
590 void *data)
591 {
592 asection *s;
593 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594
595 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
596 {
597 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
598 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
599
600 if (!skip)
601 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
602 }
603 }
604
605 static void
606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
607 lang_input_statement_type *file,
608 callback_t callback,
609 void *data)
610 {
611 asection *s;
612 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
613 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
614 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
615 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
616
617 if (multiple_sections_found)
618 {
619 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
620 return;
621 }
622
623 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
624 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626 {
627 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
628 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
629 wildspec1. */
630 if (s == s0)
631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
632 else
633 {
634 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
635 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
636
637 if (!skip)
638 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
639 data);
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 static void
645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
646 lang_input_statement_type *file,
647 callback_t callback,
648 void *data)
649 {
650 asection *s;
651 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
652 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
653 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
654 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
655 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
656
657 if (multiple_sections_found)
658 {
659 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
660 return;
661 }
662
663 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
664 {
665 if (s == s0)
666 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
667 else
668 {
669 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
670 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
671
672 if (!skip)
673 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
674 else
675 {
676 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
677 if (!skip)
678 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
679 data);
680 }
681 }
682 }
683 }
684
685 static void
686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
687 lang_input_statement_type *file,
688 callback_t callback,
689 void *data)
690 {
691 asection *s;
692 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
693 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
694 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
695 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
696 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
697 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
698
699 if (multiple_sections_found)
700 {
701 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
702 return;
703 }
704
705 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 if (s == s1)
718 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
719 else
720 {
721 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
722 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
723 sname);
724
725 if (!skip)
726 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
727 data);
728 else
729 {
730 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
731 if (!skip)
732 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
733 callback, data);
734 }
735 }
736 }
737 }
738
739 static void
740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
741 lang_input_statement_type *file,
742 callback_t callback,
743 void *data)
744 {
745 if (file->flags.just_syms)
746 return;
747
748 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
749 }
750
751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
752 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
753 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
754 first wildcard character. */
755
756 static bfd_boolean
757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
758 {
759 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
760 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
761 size_t min_prefix_len;
762
763 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
764 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
765 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
766 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
767 prefix1_len++;
768 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
769 prefix2_len++;
770
771 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
772
773 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
774 }
775
776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
777 statements. */
778
779 static void
780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
781 {
782 int sec_count = 0;
783 int wild_name_count = 0;
784 struct wildcard_list *sec;
785 int signature;
786 int data_counter;
787
788 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
789 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
790 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
791 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
792 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
793 ptr->tree = NULL;
794
795 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
796 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
797 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
798 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
799 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
800 ending in a single '*'. */
801 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
802 {
803 ++sec_count;
804 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
805 return;
806 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
807 {
808 ++wild_name_count;
809 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
810 return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
815 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
816 happen in practice. */
817 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
818 return;
819
820 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
821 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
822 {
823 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
824 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
825 {
826 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
827 return;
828 }
829 }
830
831 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
832 switch (signature)
833 {
834 case 0x0100:
835 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
836 break;
837 case 0x0101:
838 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
839 break;
840 case 0x0201:
841 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
842 break;
843 case 0x0302:
844 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
845 break;
846 case 0x0402:
847 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
848 break;
849 default:
850 return;
851 }
852
853 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
854 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
855 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
856 given order, because we've already determined that no section
857 will match more than one spec. */
858 data_counter = 0;
859 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
860 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
861 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
862 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
863 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
864 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
865 }
866
867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
868
869 static void
870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
871 lang_input_statement_type *f,
872 callback_t callback,
873 void *data)
874 {
875 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
876 return;
877
878 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
879 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
880 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
881 else
882 {
883 bfd *member;
884
885 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
886 archive separately. */
887 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
888 while (member != NULL)
889 {
890 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
891 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
892 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
893 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
894 lang_input_statement. */
895 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
896 {
897 walk_wild_section (s,
898 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
899 callback, data);
900 }
901
902 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
903 }
904 }
905 }
906
907 static void
908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
909 {
910 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
911 char *p;
912
913 if (file_spec == NULL)
914 {
915 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
916 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
917 {
918 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
919 }
920 }
921 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
922 {
923 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
924 {
925 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
926 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
927 }
928 }
929 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
930 {
931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
932 {
933 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else
938 {
939 lang_input_statement_type *f;
940
941 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
942 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
943 if (f)
944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945 }
946 }
947
948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
949 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
950 with constraint set to -1. */
951
952 void
953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
954 lang_statement_union_type *s)
955 {
956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
957 {
958 func (s);
959
960 switch (s->header.type)
961 {
962 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
963 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
964 break;
965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
966 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
967 lang_for_each_statement_worker
968 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
969 break;
970 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
971 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
972 s->wild_statement.children.head);
973 break;
974 case lang_group_statement_enum:
975 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
976 s->group_statement.children.head);
977 break;
978 case lang_data_statement_enum:
979 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
980 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
981 case lang_output_statement_enum:
982 case lang_target_statement_enum:
983 case lang_input_section_enum:
984 case lang_input_statement_enum:
985 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
986 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
987 case lang_address_statement_enum:
988 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
989 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
990 break;
991 default:
992 FAIL ();
993 break;
994 }
995 }
996 }
997
998 void
999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1000 {
1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1002 }
1003
1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1005
1006 void
1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1008 {
1009 list->head = NULL;
1010 list->tail = &list->head;
1011 }
1012
1013 void
1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1015 {
1016 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1017 abort ();
1018 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1019 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1020 }
1021
1022 void
1023 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1024 {
1025 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1026 abort ();
1027 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1031
1032 static lang_statement_union_type *
1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1034 size_t size,
1035 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1036 {
1037 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1038
1039 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1040 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1041 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1042 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1043 return new_stmt;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1047 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1048 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1049
1050 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1051 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1052 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1053 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1054
1055 static lang_input_statement_type *
1056 new_afile (const char *name,
1057 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1058 const char *target,
1059 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1060 {
1061 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1062
1063 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1064
1065 if (add_to_list)
1066 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1067 else
1068 {
1069 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1070 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1071 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1072 p->header.next = NULL;
1073 }
1074
1075 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1076 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1077 p->target = target;
1078 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1079 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1080 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1081 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1082 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1083
1084 switch (file_type)
1085 {
1086 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1087 p->filename = name;
1088 p->local_sym_name = name;
1089 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1090 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1091 break;
1092 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1093 p->filename = name;
1094 p->local_sym_name = name;
1095 break;
1096 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1097 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1098 {
1099 p->filename = name + 1;
1100 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1101 }
1102 else
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1105 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1107 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1108 break;
1109 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1110 p->filename = name;
1111 p->local_sym_name = name;
1112 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1113 break;
1114 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 default:
1126 FAIL ();
1127 }
1128
1129 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1130 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1131 &p->next_real_file);
1132 return p;
1133 }
1134
1135 lang_input_statement_type *
1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1137 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1138 const char *target)
1139 {
1140 if (name != NULL
1141 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1142 {
1143 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1144 char *sysrooted_name
1145 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1146 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1147 (const char *) NULL);
1148
1149 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1150 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1151 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1152 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1153 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1154 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1155 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1156 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1157 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1158 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1159 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1160 return ret;
1161 }
1162
1163 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1164 }
1165
1166 struct out_section_hash_entry
1167 {
1168 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1169 lang_statement_union_type s;
1170 };
1171
1172 /* The hash table. */
1173
1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1175
1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1177 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1178
1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1181 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1182 const char *string)
1183 {
1184 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1185 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1186
1187 if (entry == NULL)
1188 {
1189 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1190 sizeof (*ret));
1191 if (entry == NULL)
1192 return entry;
1193 }
1194
1195 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1196 if (entry == NULL)
1197 return entry;
1198
1199 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1200 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1201 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1202 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1203 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1204 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1205 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1206 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1207
1208 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1209 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1210 field of the last element of the list. */
1211 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1212 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1213 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1214 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1215 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1216
1217 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1218 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1219 instead. */
1220 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1221 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1222 &ret->s,
1223 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1224 return &ret->root;
1225 }
1226
1227 static void
1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1229 {
1230 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1231 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1232 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1233 61))
1234 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1235 }
1236
1237 static void
1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1239 {
1240 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1244
1245 void
1246 lang_init (void)
1247 {
1248 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1249
1250 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1251
1252 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1253
1254 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1255
1256 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1257 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1258 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1259 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1260 NULL);
1261 abs_output_section =
1262 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1263
1264 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1265
1266 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1267 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1268 }
1269
1270 void
1271 lang_finish (void)
1272 {
1273 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1277 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1278 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1279 syntax.
1280
1281 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1282
1283 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1284 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1285
1286 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1287 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1288 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1289 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1290 and so we issue a warning.
1291
1292 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1293 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1294 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1295 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1296 region. */
1297
1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1300 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1301
1302 lang_memory_region_type *
1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1304 {
1305 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1306 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1307 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1308
1309 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1310 if (name == NULL)
1311 return NULL;
1312
1313 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1314 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1315 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1316 {
1317 if (create)
1318 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1319 NULL, name);
1320 return r;
1321 }
1322
1323 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1324 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1325 NULL, name);
1326
1327 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1328 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1329
1330 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1331 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1332 new_region->next = NULL;
1333 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1334 new_region->origin = 0;
1335 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1336 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1337 new_region->current = 0;
1338 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1339 new_region->flags = 0;
1340 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1341 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1342
1343 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1344 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1345
1346 return new_region;
1347 }
1348
1349 void
1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1351 {
1352 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1354 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1355
1356 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1357 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1358 the default memory region. */
1359 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1360 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1361 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1362
1363 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1364 in use. */
1365 region = NULL;
1366 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1367 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1368 {
1369 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1370 region = r;
1371 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1372 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1373 "alias `%s'\n"),
1374 NULL, alias);
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1378 if (region == NULL)
1379 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1380 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1381 NULL, region_name, alias);
1382
1383 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1384 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1385 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1386 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1387 region->name_list.next = n;
1388 }
1389
1390 static lang_memory_region_type *
1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1392 {
1393 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1394
1395 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1396
1397 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1398 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1399 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1400
1401 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1402 {
1403 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1404 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1405 {
1406 return p;
1407 }
1408 }
1409 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1413
1414 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1416 {
1417 return get_userdata (output_section);
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1421 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1422 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1423 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1424
1425 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1427 int constraint,
1428 bfd_boolean create)
1429 {
1430 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1431
1432 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1433 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1434 create, FALSE));
1435 if (entry == NULL)
1436 {
1437 if (create)
1438 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1439 return NULL;
1440 }
1441
1442 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1443 {
1444 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1445 constraint. */
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1447
1448 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1449 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1450 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1451 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1452 but that shouldn't matter. */
1453 last_ent = entry;
1454 else
1455 do
1456 {
1457 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1458 || (constraint == 0
1459 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1460 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1461 last_ent = entry;
1462 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1463 }
1464 while (entry != NULL
1465 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1466
1467 if (!create)
1468 return NULL;
1469
1470 entry
1471 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1472 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1473 &output_section_statement_table,
1474 name));
1475 if (entry == NULL)
1476 {
1477 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1478 return NULL;
1479 }
1480 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1481 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1482 }
1483
1484 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1485 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1486 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1490 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1491 match any non-negative constraint. */
1492
1493 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1495 int constraint)
1496 {
1497 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1498 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1499 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1500 ((char *) os
1501 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1502 const char *name = os->name;
1503
1504 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1505 do
1506 {
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 if (entry == NULL
1509 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1510 return NULL;
1511 }
1512 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1513 && (constraint != 0
1514 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1515
1516 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1517 }
1518
1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1520 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1521 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1522 sets *EXACT too. */
1523
1524 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1526 flagword sec_flags,
1527 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1528 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1529 {
1530 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1531 flagword look_flags, differ;
1532
1533 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1534 skip it. */
1535 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1536 first = first->next;
1537
1538 /* First try for an exact match. */
1539 found = NULL;
1540 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1541 {
1542 look_flags = look->flags;
1543 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1544 {
1545 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1546 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1547 look->bfd_section,
1548 sec->owner, sec))
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1552 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1553 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1554 found = look;
1555 }
1556 if (found != NULL)
1557 {
1558 if (exact != NULL)
1559 *exact = found;
1560 return found;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1564 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1565 {
1566 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1567 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1568 {
1569 look_flags = look->flags;
1570 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1571 {
1572 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1573 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1574 look->bfd_section,
1575 sec->owner, sec))
1576 continue;
1577 }
1578 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1579 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1580 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1581 found = look;
1582 }
1583 }
1584 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1585 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586 {
1587 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1588 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->flags;
1591 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1592 {
1593 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1594 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1595 look->bfd_section,
1596 sec->owner, sec))
1597 continue;
1598 }
1599 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1600 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1601 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1602 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_READONLY))
1604 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1605 found = look;
1606 }
1607 }
1608 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1612 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1613 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1614
1615 match_type = NULL;
1616 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1617 {
1618 look_flags = look->flags;
1619 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1620 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1621
1622 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1624 {
1625 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1626 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1627 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1628 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1629 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1630 previous section. */
1631 break;
1632 found = look;
1633 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1634 }
1635 else if (seen_thread_local)
1636 break;
1637 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1638 found = look;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643 {
1644 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 {
1647 look_flags = look->flags;
1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 {
1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 look->bfd_section,
1653 sec->owner, sec))
1654 continue;
1655 }
1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1659 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1660 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686 {
1687 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 {
1690 look_flags = look->flags;
1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 look->bfd_section,
1696 sec->owner, sec))
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else
1705 {
1706 /* non-alloc go last. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1712 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1713 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1714 found = look;
1715 }
1716 return found;
1717 }
1718
1719 if (found || !match_type)
1720 return found;
1721
1722 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1723 }
1724
1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1726 Used by place_orphan. */
1727
1728 static asection *
1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1730 {
1731 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1732
1733 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1734 {
1735 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1736 continue;
1737
1738 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1739 return lookup->bfd_section;
1740 }
1741
1742 return NULL;
1743 }
1744
1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1746 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1747 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1748 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1749 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1750 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1751 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1752 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1753 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1754 image symbols. */
1755
1756 static lang_statement_union_type **
1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1758 {
1759 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1760 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1761 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1762
1763 ignore_first
1764 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1765
1766 for (where = &after->header.next;
1767 *where != NULL;
1768 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1769 {
1770 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1771 {
1772 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1773 if (assign == NULL)
1774 {
1775 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1776
1777 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1778 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1779 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1780 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1781 && !ignore_first)
1782 assign = where;
1783 }
1784 ignore_first = FALSE;
1785 continue;
1786 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1787 case lang_input_section_enum:
1788 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1789 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1790 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1791 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1792 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1793 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1794 assign = NULL;
1795 continue;
1796 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1797 if (assign != NULL)
1798 {
1799 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1800
1801 if (s == NULL
1802 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1803 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1804 where = assign;
1805 }
1806 break;
1807 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1813 continue;
1814 }
1815 break;
1816 }
1817
1818 return where;
1819 }
1820
1821 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1822 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1823 const char *secname,
1824 int constraint,
1825 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1826 struct orphan_save *place,
1827 etree_type *address,
1828 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1829 {
1830 lang_statement_list_type add;
1831 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1832 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1833
1834 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1835 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1836 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1837 if (after != NULL)
1838 {
1839 lang_list_init (&add);
1840 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1841 }
1842
1843 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1844 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1845 address = exp_intop (0);
1846
1847 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1848 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1849 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1850 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1851
1852 if (add_child == NULL)
1853 add_child = &os->children;
1854 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1855
1856 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1857 {
1858 const char *region = (after->region
1859 ? after->region->name_list.name
1860 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1861 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1862 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1863 : NULL);
1864 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1865 lma_region);
1866 }
1867 else
1868 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1869 NULL);
1870
1871 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1872 if (after != NULL)
1873 pop_stat_ptr ();
1874
1875 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1876 {
1877 asection *snew, *as;
1878
1879 snew = os->bfd_section;
1880
1881 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1882 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1883 if (place->section == NULL
1884 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1885 ->output_section_statement))
1886 {
1887 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1888
1889 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1890 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1891 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1892 output section. */
1893 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1894 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1895
1896 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1897 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1898 }
1899
1900 if (place->section == NULL)
1901 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1902
1903 as = *place->section;
1904
1905 if (!as)
1906 {
1907 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1908
1909 /* Unlink the section. */
1910 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1911
1912 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1913 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1914 }
1915 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1916 {
1917 /* Unlink the section. */
1918 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1919
1920 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1921 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1922 }
1923
1924 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
1925 follow the one we've just added. */
1926 place->section = &snew->next;
1927
1928 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
1929 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1930 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1931 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1932 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
1933 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1934 following that a segment containing all the read-write
1935 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1936 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
1937 if (add.head != NULL)
1938 {
1939 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1940
1941 if (place->stmt == NULL)
1942 {
1943 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1944
1945 *add.tail = *where;
1946 *where = add.head;
1947
1948 place->os_tail = &after->next;
1949 }
1950 else
1951 {
1952 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
1953 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1954 *place->stmt = add.head;
1955 }
1956
1957 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1958 new list at the tail. */
1959 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1960 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1961
1962 /* Save the end of this list. */
1963 place->stmt = add.tail;
1964
1965 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
1966 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1967 *os_tail = NULL;
1968 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1969 ((char *) place->os_tail
1970 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
1971 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
1972 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
1973 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
1974 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
1975 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
1976
1977 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
1978 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
1979 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
1980 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
1981 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
1982 if (*os_tail == NULL)
1983 lang_output_section_statement.tail
1984 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
1985 }
1986 }
1987 return os;
1988 }
1989
1990 static void
1991 lang_print_asneeded (void)
1992 {
1993 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
1994
1995 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
1996 return;
1997
1998 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
1999
2000 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2001 {
2002 size_t len;
2003
2004 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2005 len = strlen (m->soname);
2006
2007 if (len >= 29)
2008 {
2009 print_nl ();
2010 len = 0;
2011 }
2012 while (len < 30)
2013 {
2014 print_space ();
2015 ++len;
2016 }
2017
2018 if (m->ref != NULL)
2019 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2020 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2021 }
2022 }
2023
2024 static void
2025 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2026 {
2027 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2028 minfo ("a");
2029
2030 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2031 minfo ("x");
2032
2033 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2034 minfo ("r");
2035
2036 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2037 minfo ("w");
2038
2039 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2040 minfo ("l");
2041 }
2042
2043 void
2044 lang_map (void)
2045 {
2046 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2047 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2048
2049 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2050 {
2051 asection *s;
2052
2053 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2054 || file->flags.just_syms)
2055 continue;
2056
2057 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2058 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2059 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2060 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2061 {
2062 if (!dis_header_printed)
2063 {
2064 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2065 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2066 }
2067
2068 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2069 }
2070 }
2071
2072 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2073 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2074 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2075
2076 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2077 {
2078 char buf[100];
2079 int len;
2080
2081 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2082
2083 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2084 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2085 len = strlen (buf);
2086 while (len < 16)
2087 {
2088 print_space ();
2089 ++len;
2090 }
2091
2092 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2093 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2094 {
2095 #ifndef BFD64
2096 minfo (" ");
2097 #endif
2098 if (m->flags)
2099 {
2100 print_space ();
2101 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2102 }
2103
2104 if (m->not_flags)
2105 {
2106 minfo (" !");
2107 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2108 }
2109 }
2110
2111 print_nl ();
2112 }
2113
2114 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2115
2116 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2117 {
2118 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2119 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2120 }
2121 lang_statement_iteration++;
2122 print_statements ();
2123
2124 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2125 config.map_file);
2126 }
2127
2128 static bfd_boolean
2129 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2130 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2131 {
2132 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2133 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2134 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2135 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2136 {
2137 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2138 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2139
2140 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2141 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2142 if (!ud)
2143 {
2144 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2145 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2146 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2147 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2148 }
2149 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2150 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2151
2152 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2153 def->entry = hash_entry;
2154 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2155 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2156 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2157 }
2158 return TRUE;
2159 }
2160
2161 /* Initialize an output section. */
2162
2163 static void
2164 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2165 {
2166 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2167 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2168
2169 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2170 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2171 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2172 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2173 s->name, flags);
2174 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2175 {
2176 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2177 " called %s: %E\n"),
2178 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2179 }
2180 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2181 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2182
2183 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2184 statement to avoid lookup. */
2185 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2186
2187 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2188 mention are initialized. */
2189 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2190 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2191
2192 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2193 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2194
2195 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2196 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2197 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2198 "section alignment");
2199 }
2200
2201 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2202 initialized. */
2203
2204 static void
2205 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2206 {
2207 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2208 {
2209 case etree_assign:
2210 case etree_provide:
2211 case etree_provided:
2212 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2213 break;
2214
2215 case etree_binary:
2216 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2217 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2218 break;
2219
2220 case etree_trinary:
2221 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2222 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2223 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2224 break;
2225
2226 case etree_assert:
2227 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2228 break;
2229
2230 case etree_unary:
2231 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2232 break;
2233
2234 case etree_name:
2235 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2236 {
2237 case ADDR:
2238 case LOADADDR:
2239 case SIZEOF:
2240 {
2241 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2242
2243 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2244 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2245 init_os (os, 0);
2246 }
2247 }
2248 break;
2249
2250 default:
2251 break;
2252 }
2253 }
2254 \f
2255 static void
2256 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2257 {
2258 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2259
2260 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2261 discard all sections. */
2262 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2263 {
2264 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2265 return;
2266 }
2267
2268 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2269 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2270 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2271 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2272 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2273
2274 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2275 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2276 }
2277 \f
2278
2279 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2280 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2281
2282 static bfd_boolean
2283 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2284 {
2285 bfd_boolean discard;
2286 flagword flags = section->flags;
2287
2288 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2289 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2290
2291 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2292 sections from within the group. */
2293 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2294 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2295 discard = TRUE;
2296
2297 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2298 information. */
2299 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2300 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2301 discard = TRUE;
2302
2303 return discard;
2304 }
2305
2306 /* The wild routines.
2307
2308 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2309 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2310 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2311
2312 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2313 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2314
2315 void
2316 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2317 asection *section,
2318 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2319 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2320 {
2321 flagword flags = section->flags;
2322
2323 bfd_boolean discard;
2324 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2325 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2326
2327 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2328 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2329
2330 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2331 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2332 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2333 discard = TRUE;
2334
2335 if (discard)
2336 {
2337 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2338 {
2339 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2340 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2341 }
2342 return;
2343 }
2344
2345 if (sflag_info)
2346 {
2347 bfd_boolean keep;
2348
2349 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2350 if (!keep)
2351 return;
2352 }
2353
2354 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2355 return;
2356
2357 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2358 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2359 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2360 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2361 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2362 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2363 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2364
2365 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2366 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2367 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2368 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2369 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2370 {
2371 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2372 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2373 else
2374 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2375 }
2376 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2377 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2378
2379 switch (output->sectype)
2380 {
2381 case normal_section:
2382 case overlay_section:
2383 break;
2384 case noalloc_section:
2385 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2386 break;
2387 case noload_section:
2388 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2389 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2390 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2391 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2392 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2393 section. */
2394 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2395 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2396 else
2397 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2398 break;
2399 }
2400
2401 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2402 init_os (output, flags);
2403
2404 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2405 it from the output section. */
2406 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2407
2408 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2409 {
2410 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2411 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2412
2413 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2414 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2415 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2416 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2417 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2418 {
2419 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2420 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2421 }
2422 }
2423 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2424
2425 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2426 {
2427 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2428 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2429 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2430 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2431 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2432 link_info.output_bfd,
2433 output->bfd_section,
2434 &link_info);
2435 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2436 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2437 }
2438
2439 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2440 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2441 {
2442 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2443 output->block_value = 128;
2444 }
2445
2446 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2447 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2448
2449 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2450
2451 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2452 {
2453 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2454 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2455 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2456 section->map_tail.s = s;
2457 if (s != NULL)
2458 s->map_head.s = section;
2459 else
2460 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2461 }
2462
2463 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2464 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2465 new_section->section = section;
2466 }
2467
2468 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2469 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2470 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2471 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2472
2473 static lang_statement_union_type *
2474 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2475 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2476 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2477 asection *section)
2478 {
2479 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2480
2481 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2482 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2483 return NULL;
2484
2485 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2486 {
2487 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2488
2489 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2490 continue;
2491 ls = &l->input_section;
2492
2493 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2494 name. */
2495
2496 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2497 {
2498 const char *fn, *ln;
2499 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2500 int i;
2501
2502 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2503 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2504 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2505 archive. */
2506
2507 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2508 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2509 {
2510 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2511 fa = TRUE;
2512 }
2513 else
2514 {
2515 fn = file->filename;
2516 fa = FALSE;
2517 }
2518
2519 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2520 {
2521 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2522 la = TRUE;
2523 }
2524 else
2525 {
2526 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2527 la = FALSE;
2528 }
2529
2530 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2531 if (i > 0)
2532 continue;
2533 else if (i < 0)
2534 break;
2535
2536 if (fa || la)
2537 {
2538 if (fa)
2539 fn = file->filename;
2540 if (la)
2541 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2542
2543 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2544 if (i > 0)
2545 continue;
2546 else if (i < 0)
2547 break;
2548 }
2549 }
2550
2551 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2552 looking at the sections for this file. */
2553
2554 if (sec != NULL
2555 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2556 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2557 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2558 break;
2559 }
2560
2561 return l;
2562 }
2563
2564 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2565 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2566
2567 static void
2568 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2569 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2570 asection *section,
2571 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2572 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2573 void *output)
2574 {
2575 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2576 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2577
2578 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2579
2580 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2581 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2582 return;
2583
2584 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2585
2586 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2587 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2588 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2589 of the current list. */
2590
2591 if (before == NULL)
2592 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2593 else
2594 {
2595 lang_statement_list_type list;
2596 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2597
2598 lang_list_init (&list);
2599 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2600
2601 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2602 be NULL. */
2603 if (list.head != NULL)
2604 {
2605 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2606
2607 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2608 *pp != before;
2609 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2610 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2611
2612 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2613 *pp = list.head;
2614 }
2615 }
2616 }
2617
2618 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2619 are readonly. */
2620
2621 static void
2622 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2624 asection *section,
2625 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2626 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2627 void *output)
2628 {
2629 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2630
2631 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2632
2633 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2634 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2635 return;
2636
2637 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2638 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2639 }
2640
2641 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2642 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2643 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2644
2645 static lang_input_statement_type *
2646 lookup_name (const char *name)
2647 {
2648 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2649
2650 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2651 search != NULL;
2652 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2653 {
2654 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2655 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2656 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2657 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2658
2659 if (filename != NULL
2660 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2661 break;
2662 }
2663
2664 if (search == NULL)
2665 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2666 default_target, FALSE);
2667
2668 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2669 don't add this file. */
2670 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2671 return search;
2672
2673 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2674 return NULL;
2675
2676 return search;
2677 }
2678
2679 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2680
2681 struct excluded_lib
2682 {
2683 char *name;
2684 struct excluded_lib *next;
2685 };
2686 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2687
2688 void
2689 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2690 {
2691 const char *p = list, *end;
2692
2693 while (*p != '\0')
2694 {
2695 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2696 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2697 if (end == NULL)
2698 end = p + strlen (p);
2699 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2700 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2701 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2702 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2703 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2704 excluded_libs = entry;
2705 if (*end == '\0')
2706 break;
2707 p = end + 1;
2708 }
2709 }
2710
2711 static void
2712 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2713 {
2714 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2715
2716 while (lib)
2717 {
2718 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2719 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2720
2721 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2722 {
2723 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2724 return;
2725 }
2726
2727 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2728 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2729 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2730 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2731 {
2732 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2733 return;
2734 }
2735
2736 lib = lib->next;
2737 }
2738 }
2739
2740 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2741
2742 bfd_boolean
2743 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2744 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2745 {
2746 char **matching;
2747
2748 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2749 return TRUE;
2750
2751 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2752
2753 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2754 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2755 return TRUE;
2756
2757 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2758 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2759 {
2760 bfd_error_type err;
2761 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2762 extern FILE *yyin;
2763
2764 err = bfd_get_error ();
2765
2766 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2767 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2768 return TRUE;
2769
2770 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2771 {
2772 char **p;
2773
2774 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2775 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2776 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2777 einfo (" %s", *p);
2778 einfo ("%F\n");
2779 }
2780 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2781 || place == NULL)
2782 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2783
2784 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2785 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2786
2787 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2788 save_flags = input_flags;
2789 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2790
2791 push_stat_ptr (place);
2792 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2793 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2794 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2795 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2796 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2797 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2798
2799 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2800 parser_input = input_script;
2801 yyparse ();
2802 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2803
2804 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
2805 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2806 again. */
2807 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2808 input_flags = save_flags;
2809 pop_stat_ptr ();
2810 fclose (yyin);
2811 yyin = NULL;
2812 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2813
2814 return TRUE;
2815 }
2816
2817 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2818 return TRUE;
2819
2820 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
2821 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2822 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2823 which is used. */
2824 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2825 {
2826 default:
2827 break;
2828
2829 case bfd_object:
2830 if (!entry->flags.reload)
2831 ldlang_add_file (entry);
2832 if (trace_files || verbose)
2833 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2834 break;
2835
2836 case bfd_archive:
2837 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2838
2839 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
2840 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2841 {
2842 bfd *member = NULL;
2843 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2844
2845 for (;;)
2846 {
2847 bfd *subsbfd;
2848 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2849
2850 if (member == NULL)
2851 break;
2852
2853 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2854 {
2855 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
2856 entry->the_bfd, member);
2857 loaded = FALSE;
2858 }
2859
2860 subsbfd = member;
2861 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2862 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2863 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2864 abort ();
2865
2866 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2867 substitute BFD for us. */
2868 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2869 {
2870 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
2871 loaded = FALSE;
2872 }
2873 }
2874
2875 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
2876 return loaded;
2877 }
2878 break;
2879 }
2880
2881 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2882 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2883 else
2884 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2885
2886 return entry->flags.loaded;
2887 }
2888
2889 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2890 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
2891 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2892 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
2893 the output section. */
2894
2895 static void
2896 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2897 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2898 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2899 {
2900 struct wildcard_list *sec;
2901
2902 if (s->handler_data[0]
2903 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2904 && !s->filenames_sorted)
2905 {
2906 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2907
2908 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2909
2910 tree = s->tree;
2911 if (tree)
2912 {
2913 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2914 s->tree = NULL;
2915 }
2916 }
2917 else
2918 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2919
2920 if (default_common_section == NULL)
2921 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2922 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2923 {
2924 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2925 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
2926 default_common_section = output;
2927 break;
2928 }
2929 }
2930
2931 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
2932
2933 static int
2934 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2935 {
2936 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2937
2938 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2939 }
2940
2941 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
2942
2943 static void
2944 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2945 {
2946 char c;
2947
2948 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2949 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2950
2951 *dest = 0;
2952 }
2953
2954 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2955 from haystack. */
2956
2957 static void
2958 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2959 {
2960 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2961
2962 if (haystack)
2963 {
2964 char *src;
2965
2966 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2967 *haystack++ = *src++;
2968
2969 *haystack = 0;
2970 }
2971 }
2972
2973 /* Compare two target format name strings.
2974 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
2975
2976 static int
2977 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2978 {
2979 char *copy1;
2980 char *copy2;
2981 int result;
2982
2983 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2984 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2985
2986 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
2987 stricpy (copy1, first);
2988 stricpy (copy2, second);
2989
2990 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
2991 strcut (copy1, "big");
2992 strcut (copy1, "little");
2993 strcut (copy2, "big");
2994 strcut (copy2, "little");
2995
2996 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2997 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
2998 the same then return 10 * their length. */
2999 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3000 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3001 {
3002 result *= 10;
3003 break;
3004 }
3005
3006 free (copy1);
3007 free (copy2);
3008
3009 return result;
3010 }
3011
3012 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3013 static const bfd_target *winner;
3014
3015 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3016 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3017 match to the original output target. */
3018
3019 static int
3020 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3021 {
3022 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3023
3024 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3025 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3026 return 0;
3027
3028 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3029 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3030 return 0;
3031
3032 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3033 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3034 return 0;
3035
3036 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3037 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3038 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3039 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3040 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3041 return 0;
3042
3043 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3044 if (winner == NULL)
3045 {
3046 winner = target;
3047 return 0;
3048 }
3049
3050 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3051 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3052 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3053 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3054 winner = target;
3055
3056 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3057 return 0;
3058 }
3059
3060 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3061
3062 static char *
3063 get_first_input_target (void)
3064 {
3065 char *target = NULL;
3066
3067 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3068 {
3069 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3070 && s->flags.real)
3071 {
3072 ldfile_open_file (s);
3073
3074 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3075 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3076 {
3077 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3078
3079 if (target != NULL)
3080 break;
3081 }
3082 }
3083 }
3084
3085 return target;
3086 }
3087
3088 const char *
3089 lang_get_output_target (void)
3090 {
3091 const char *target;
3092
3093 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3094 if (output_target != NULL)
3095 return output_target;
3096
3097 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3098 the default? */
3099 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3100 return current_target;
3101
3102 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3103 target = get_first_input_target ();
3104 if (target != NULL)
3105 return target;
3106
3107 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3108 return default_target;
3109 }
3110
3111 /* Open the output file. */
3112
3113 static void
3114 open_output (const char *name)
3115 {
3116 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3117
3118 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3119 line? */
3120 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3121 {
3122 /* Get the chosen target. */
3123 const bfd_target *target
3124 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3125
3126 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3127 if (target != NULL)
3128 {
3129 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3130
3131 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3132 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3133 else
3134 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3135
3136 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3137 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3138 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3139 this. */
3140 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3141 {
3142 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3143 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3144 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3145 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3146 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3147 else
3148 {
3149 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3150 the default target, but which has the desired
3151 endian characteristic. */
3152 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3153 (void *) target);
3154
3155 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3156 satisfy our requirements. */
3157 if (winner == NULL)
3158 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3159 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3160 else
3161 output_target = winner->name;
3162 }
3163 }
3164 }
3165 }
3166
3167 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3168
3169 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3170 {
3171 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3172 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3173
3174 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3175 }
3176
3177 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3178
3179 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3180 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3181 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3182 ldfile_output_architecture,
3183 ldfile_output_machine))
3184 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3185
3186 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3187 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3188 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3189
3190 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3191 }
3192
3193 static void
3194 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3195 {
3196 switch (statement->header.type)
3197 {
3198 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3199 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3200 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3201 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3202 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3203 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3204 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3205 else
3206 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3207 if (config.text_read_only)
3208 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3209 else
3210 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3211 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3212 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3213 else
3214 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3215 break;
3216
3217 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3218 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3219 break;
3220 default:
3221 break;
3222 }
3223 }
3224
3225 static void
3226 init_opb (void)
3227 {
3228 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3229 ldfile_output_machine);
3230 opb_shift = 0;
3231 if (x > 1)
3232 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3233 {
3234 x >>= 1;
3235 ++opb_shift;
3236 }
3237 ASSERT (x == 1);
3238 }
3239
3240 /* Open all the input files. */
3241
3242 enum open_bfd_mode
3243 {
3244 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3245 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3246 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3247 };
3248 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3249 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3250 #endif
3251
3252 static void
3253 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3254 {
3255 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3256 {
3257 switch (s->header.type)
3258 {
3259 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3260 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3261 break;
3262 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3263 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3264 break;
3265 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3266 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3267 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3268 && s->wild_statement.filename
3269 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3270 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3271 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3272 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3273 break;
3274 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3275 {
3276 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3277
3278 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3279 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3280 symbols. */
3281
3282 do
3283 {
3284 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3285 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3286 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3287 }
3288 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3289 }
3290 break;
3291 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3292 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3293 break;
3294 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3295 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3296 {
3297 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3298 lang_statement_list_type add;
3299 bfd *abfd;
3300
3301 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3302
3303 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3304 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3305 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3306 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3307 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3308 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3309 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3310 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3311 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3312 #endif
3313 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3314 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3315 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3316 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3317 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3318 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3319 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3320 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3321 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3322 {
3323 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3324 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3325 }
3326
3327 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3328 lang_list_init (&add);
3329
3330 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3331 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3332
3333 if (add.head != NULL)
3334 {
3335 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3336 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3337 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3338 section statement list. Very likely the user
3339 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3340 naive user expectations. */
3341 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3342 {
3343 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3344 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3345 s->input_statement.filename);
3346 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3347 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3348 }
3349 else
3350 {
3351 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3352 s->header.next = add.head;
3353 }
3354 }
3355 }
3356 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3357 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3358 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3359 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3360 plugin_insert = NULL;
3361 #endif
3362 break;
3363 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3364 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3365 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3366 break;
3367 default:
3368 break;
3369 }
3370 }
3371
3372 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3373 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3374 einfo ("%F");
3375 }
3376
3377 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3378 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3379 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3380 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3381 name to the symbol table. */
3382
3383 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3384
3385 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3386
3387 void
3388 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3389 {
3390 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3391
3392 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3393 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3394 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3395 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3396
3397 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3398
3399 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3400 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3401 }
3402
3403 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3404
3405 static void
3406 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3407 {
3408 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3409
3410 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3411 if (h == NULL)
3412 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3413 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3414 {
3415 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3416 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3417 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3418 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3419 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3420 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3421 }
3422 }
3423
3424 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3425 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3426 script file. */
3427
3428 static void
3429 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3430 {
3431 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3432
3433 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3434 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3435 }
3436
3437 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3438 be defined. */
3439
3440 struct require_defined_symbol
3441 {
3442 const char *name;
3443 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3444 };
3445
3446 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3447
3448 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3449
3450 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3451 defined. */
3452
3453 void
3454 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3455 {
3456 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3457
3458 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3459 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3460 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3461 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3462 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3463 }
3464
3465 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3466 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3467
3468 static void
3469 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3470 {
3471 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3472
3473 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3474 {
3475 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3476
3477 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3478 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3479 if (h == NULL
3480 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3481 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3482 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3483 }
3484 }
3485
3486 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3487
3488 static void
3489 check_input_sections
3490 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3491 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3492 {
3493 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3494 {
3495 switch (s->header.type)
3496 {
3497 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3498 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3499 output_section_statement);
3500 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3501 return;
3502 break;
3503 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3504 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3505 output_section_statement);
3506 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3507 return;
3508 break;
3509 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3510 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3511 output_section_statement);
3512 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3513 return;
3514 break;
3515 default:
3516 break;
3517 }
3518 }
3519 }
3520
3521 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3522
3523 static void
3524 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3525 {
3526 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3527
3528 switch (sort_section)
3529 {
3530 default:
3531 FAIL ();
3532
3533 case none:
3534 break;
3535
3536 case by_name:
3537 case by_alignment:
3538 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3539 {
3540 switch (s->header.type)
3541 {
3542 default:
3543 break;
3544
3545 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3546 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3547 sec = sec->next)
3548 {
3549 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3550 {
3551 case none:
3552 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3553 break;
3554 case by_name:
3555 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3556 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3557 break;
3558 case by_alignment:
3559 if (sort_section == by_name)
3560 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3561 break;
3562 default:
3563 break;
3564 }
3565 }
3566 break;
3567
3568 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3569 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3570 break;
3571
3572 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3573 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3574 if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3575 && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3576 update_wild_statements
3577 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3578 break;
3579
3580 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3581 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3582 break;
3583 }
3584 }
3585 break;
3586 }
3587 }
3588
3589 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3590
3591 static void
3592 map_input_to_output_sections
3593 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3594 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3595 {
3596 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3597 {
3598 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3599 flagword flags;
3600
3601 switch (s->header.type)
3602 {
3603 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3604 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3605 break;
3606 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3607 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3608 target,
3609 os);
3610 break;
3611 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3612 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3613 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3614 {
3615 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3616 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3617 break;
3618 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3619 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3620 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3621 {
3622 tos->constraint = -1;
3623 break;
3624 }
3625 }
3626 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3627 target,
3628 tos);
3629 break;
3630 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3631 break;
3632 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3633 target = s->target_statement.target;
3634 break;
3635 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3636 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3637 target,
3638 os);
3639 break;
3640 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3641 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3642 are initialized. */
3643 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3644 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3645 these may be overridden by the script. */
3646 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3647 switch (os->sectype)
3648 {
3649 case normal_section:
3650 case overlay_section:
3651 break;
3652 case noalloc_section:
3653 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3654 break;
3655 case noload_section:
3656 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3657 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3658 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3659 else
3660 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3661 break;
3662 }
3663 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3664 init_os (os, flags);
3665 else
3666 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3667 break;
3668 case lang_input_section_enum:
3669 break;
3670 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3671 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3672 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3673 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3674 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3675 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3676 init_os (os, 0);
3677 break;
3678 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3679 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3680 init_os (os, 0);
3681
3682 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3683 are initialized. */
3684 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3685 break;
3686 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3687 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3688 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3689 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3690 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3691 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3692 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3693 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3694 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3695 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3696 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3697 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3698 {
3699 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3700
3701 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3702 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3703 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3704 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3705 will affect following script sections, which is
3706 likely to surprise naive users. */
3707 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3708 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3709 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3710 init_os (tos, 0);
3711 }
3712 break;
3713 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3714 break;
3715 }
3716 }
3717 }
3718
3719 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3720 start of the list and places them after the output section
3721 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3722 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3723 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3724
3725 static void
3726 process_insert_statements (void)
3727 {
3728 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3729 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3730 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3731 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3732
3733 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3734 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3735 reordered. */
3736 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3737 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3738 {
3739 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3740 {
3741 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3742 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3743 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3744
3745 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3746 last_os = os;
3747
3748 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3749 won't match this output section statement. At this
3750 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3751 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3752 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3753 if (first_os == NULL)
3754 first_os = last_os;
3755 }
3756 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3757 {
3758 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3759 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3760 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3761 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3762
3763 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3764 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3765 {
3766 do
3767 where = where->prev;
3768 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3769 }
3770 if (where == NULL)
3771 {
3772 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3773 return;
3774 }
3775
3776 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3777 if (last_os != NULL)
3778 {
3779 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3780 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3781
3782 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3783 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3784 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3785 {
3786 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3787 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3788 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3789 }
3790 else
3791 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3792 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3793 last_os->next = where->next;
3794 if (where->next == NULL)
3795 {
3796 next = &last_os->next;
3797 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3798 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3799 }
3800 else
3801 where->next->prev = last_os;
3802 first_os->prev = where;
3803 where->next = first_os;
3804
3805 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
3806 first_sec = NULL;
3807 last_sec = NULL;
3808 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3809 {
3810 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3811 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3812 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3813 {
3814 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3815 if (first_sec == NULL)
3816 first_sec = last_sec;
3817 }
3818 if (os == last_os)
3819 break;
3820 }
3821 if (last_sec != NULL)
3822 {
3823 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3824 if (sec == NULL)
3825 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3826
3827 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3828 sections we are moving. So if we find no
3829 section or if the section is the same as our
3830 last section, then no move is needed. */
3831 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3832 {
3833 /* Trim them off. */
3834 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3835 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3836 else
3837 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3838 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3839 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3840 else
3841 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3842 /* Add back. */
3843 last_sec->next = sec->next;
3844 if (sec->next != NULL)
3845 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3846 else
3847 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3848 first_sec->prev = sec;
3849 sec->next = first_sec;
3850 }
3851 }
3852
3853 first_os = NULL;
3854 last_os = NULL;
3855 }
3856
3857 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3858 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3859 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3860 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
3861 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3862 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3863 /* Add them back where they belong. */
3864 *s = *ptr;
3865 if (*s == NULL)
3866 statement_list.tail = s;
3867 *ptr = first;
3868 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3869 }
3870 }
3871
3872 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
3873 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3874 {
3875 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3876 if (os == last_os)
3877 break;
3878 }
3879 }
3880
3881 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3882 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3883 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
3884
3885 void
3886 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3887 {
3888 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3889
3890 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
3891 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3892 {
3893 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3894 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
3895 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3896 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3897 }
3898
3899 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3900 os != NULL;
3901 os = os->next)
3902 {
3903 asection *output_section;
3904 bfd_boolean exclude;
3905
3906 if (os->constraint < 0)
3907 continue;
3908
3909 output_section = os->bfd_section;
3910 if (output_section == NULL)
3911 continue;
3912
3913 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3914 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3915 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3916 output_section));
3917
3918 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3919 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3920 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3921 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
3922 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3923 {
3924 asection *s;
3925
3926 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3927 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3928 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3929 || link_info.emitrelocations))
3930 {
3931 exclude = FALSE;
3932 break;
3933 }
3934 }
3935
3936 if (exclude)
3937 {
3938 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3939 removed output section statement may still be used. */
3940 if (!os->update_dot)
3941 os->ignored = TRUE;
3942 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3943 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3944 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3945 }
3946 }
3947 }
3948
3949 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
3950 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
3951
3952 void
3953 lang_clear_os_map (void)
3954 {
3955 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3956
3957 if (map_head_is_link_order)
3958 return;
3959
3960 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3961 os != NULL;
3962 os = os->next)
3963 {
3964 asection *output_section;
3965
3966 if (os->constraint < 0)
3967 continue;
3968
3969 output_section = os->bfd_section;
3970 if (output_section == NULL)
3971 continue;
3972
3973 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
3974 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3975 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3979 and map_tail link_order fields. */
3980 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
3981 }
3982
3983 static void
3984 print_output_section_statement
3985 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3986 {
3987 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3988 int len;
3989
3990 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3991 {
3992 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3993
3994 if (section != NULL)
3995 {
3996 print_dot = section->vma;
3997
3998 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3999 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4000 {
4001 print_nl ();
4002 len = 0;
4003 }
4004 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4005 {
4006 print_space ();
4007 ++len;
4008 }
4009
4010 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4011
4012 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4013 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4014
4015 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4016 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4017 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4018 }
4019
4020 print_nl ();
4021 }
4022
4023 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4024 output_section_statement);
4025 }
4026
4027 static void
4028 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4029 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4030 {
4031 unsigned int i;
4032 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4033 etree_type *tree;
4034 asection *osec;
4035
4036 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4037 print_space ();
4038
4039 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4040 {
4041 is_dot = FALSE;
4042 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4043 }
4044 else
4045 {
4046 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4047
4048 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4049 if (!is_dot)
4050 expld.assign_name = dst;
4051 tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4052 }
4053
4054 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4055 if (osec == NULL)
4056 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4057
4058 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4059 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4060 else
4061 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4062
4063 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4064 {
4065 bfd_vma value;
4066
4067 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4068 || is_dot
4069 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4070 {
4071 value = expld.result.value;
4072
4073 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4074 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4075
4076 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4077 if (is_dot)
4078 print_dot = value;
4079 }
4080 else
4081 {
4082 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4083
4084 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4085 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4086 if (h)
4087 {
4088 value = h->u.def.value;
4089 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4090 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4091
4092 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4093 }
4094 else
4095 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4096 }
4097 }
4098 else
4099 {
4100 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4101 minfo ("[!provide]");
4102 else
4103 minfo ("*undef* ");
4104 #ifdef BFD64
4105 minfo (" ");
4106 #endif
4107 }
4108 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4109
4110 minfo (" ");
4111 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4112 print_nl ();
4113 }
4114
4115 static void
4116 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4117 {
4118 if (statm->filename != NULL
4119 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4120 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4121 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4122 }
4123
4124 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4125 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4126
4127 static bfd_boolean
4128 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4129 {
4130 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4131
4132 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4133 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4134 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4135 {
4136 int i;
4137
4138 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4139 print_space ();
4140 minfo ("0x%V ",
4141 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4142 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4143 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4144
4145 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4146 }
4147
4148 return TRUE;
4149 }
4150
4151 static int
4152 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4153 {
4154 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4155 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4156
4157 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4158 return -1;
4159 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4160 return 1;
4161 else
4162 return 0;
4163 }
4164
4165 static void
4166 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4167 {
4168 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4169 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4170 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4171 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4172 unsigned int i;
4173
4174 if (!ud)
4175 return;
4176
4177 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4178
4179 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4180 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4181 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4182 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4183
4184 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4185 entries[i] = def->entry;
4186
4187 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4188 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4189
4190 /* Print the symbols. */
4191 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4192 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4193
4194 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4195 }
4196
4197 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4198
4199 static void
4200 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4201 {
4202 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4203 int len;
4204 bfd_vma addr;
4205
4206 init_opb ();
4207
4208 print_space ();
4209 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4210
4211 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4212 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4213 {
4214 print_nl ();
4215 len = 0;
4216 }
4217 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4218 {
4219 print_space ();
4220 ++len;
4221 }
4222
4223 if (i->output_section != NULL
4224 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4225 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4226 else
4227 {
4228 addr = print_dot;
4229 if (!is_discarded)
4230 size = 0;
4231 }
4232
4233 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4234
4235 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4236 {
4237 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4238 #ifdef BFD64
4239 len += 16;
4240 #else
4241 len += 8;
4242 #endif
4243 while (len > 0)
4244 {
4245 print_space ();
4246 --len;
4247 }
4248
4249 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4250 }
4251
4252 if (i->output_section != NULL
4253 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4254 {
4255 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4256 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4257 else
4258 print_all_symbols (i);
4259
4260 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4261 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4262 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4263 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4264 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4265 }
4266 }
4267
4268 static void
4269 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4270 {
4271 size_t size;
4272 unsigned char *p;
4273 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4274 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4275 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4276 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4277 }
4278
4279 static void
4280 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4281 {
4282 int i;
4283 bfd_vma addr;
4284 bfd_size_type size;
4285 const char *name;
4286
4287 init_opb ();
4288 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4289 print_space ();
4290
4291 addr = data->output_offset;
4292 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4293 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4294
4295 switch (data->type)
4296 {
4297 default:
4298 abort ();
4299 case BYTE:
4300 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4301 name = "BYTE";
4302 break;
4303 case SHORT:
4304 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4305 name = "SHORT";
4306 break;
4307 case LONG:
4308 size = LONG_SIZE;
4309 name = "LONG";
4310 break;
4311 case QUAD:
4312 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4313 name = "QUAD";
4314 break;
4315 case SQUAD:
4316 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4317 name = "SQUAD";
4318 break;
4319 }
4320
4321 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4322 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4323 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4324
4325 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4326 {
4327 print_space ();
4328 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4329 }
4330
4331 print_nl ();
4332
4333 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4334 }
4335
4336 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4337 -Ttext. */
4338
4339 static void
4340 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4341 {
4342 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4343 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4344 print_nl ();
4345 }
4346
4347 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4348
4349 static void
4350 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4351 {
4352 int i;
4353 bfd_vma addr;
4354 bfd_size_type size;
4355
4356 init_opb ();
4357 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4358 print_space ();
4359
4360 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4361 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4362 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4363
4364 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4365
4366 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4367
4368 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4369 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4370 else
4371 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4372
4373 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4374
4375 print_nl ();
4376
4377 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4378 }
4379
4380 static void
4381 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4382 {
4383 int len;
4384 bfd_vma addr;
4385
4386 init_opb ();
4387 minfo (" *fill*");
4388
4389 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4390 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4391 {
4392 print_space ();
4393 ++len;
4394 }
4395
4396 addr = s->output_offset;
4397 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4398 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4399 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4400
4401 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4402 {
4403 size_t size;
4404 unsigned char *p;
4405 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4406 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4407 }
4408
4409 print_nl ();
4410
4411 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4412 }
4413
4414 static void
4415 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4416 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4417 {
4418 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4419
4420 print_space ();
4421
4422 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4423 {
4424 name_list *tmp;
4425 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4426 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4427 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4428 minfo (") ");
4429 }
4430
4431 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4432 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4433 if (w->filename != NULL)
4434 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4435 else
4436 minfo ("*");
4437 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4438 minfo (")");
4439
4440 minfo ("(");
4441 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4442 {
4443 int closing_paren = 0;
4444
4445 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4446 {
4447 case none:
4448 break;
4449
4450 case by_name:
4451 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4452 closing_paren = 1;
4453 break;
4454
4455 case by_alignment:
4456 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4457 closing_paren = 1;
4458 break;
4459
4460 case by_name_alignment:
4461 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4462 closing_paren = 2;
4463 break;
4464
4465 case by_alignment_name:
4466 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4467 closing_paren = 2;
4468 break;
4469
4470 case by_none:
4471 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4472 closing_paren = 1;
4473 break;
4474
4475 case by_init_priority:
4476 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4477 closing_paren = 1;
4478 break;
4479 }
4480
4481 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4482 {
4483 name_list *tmp;
4484 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4485 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4486 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4487 minfo (") ");
4488 }
4489 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4490 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4491 else
4492 minfo ("*");
4493 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4494 minfo (")");
4495 if (sec->next)
4496 minfo (" ");
4497 }
4498 minfo (")");
4499
4500 print_nl ();
4501
4502 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4503 }
4504
4505 /* Print a group statement. */
4506
4507 static void
4508 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4509 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4510 {
4511 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4512 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4513 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4514 }
4515
4516 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4517 This can be called for any statement type. */
4518
4519 static void
4520 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4521 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4522 {
4523 while (s != NULL)
4524 {
4525 print_statement (s, os);
4526 s = s->header.next;
4527 }
4528 }
4529
4530 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4531 This can be called for any statement type. */
4532
4533 static void
4534 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4535 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4536 {
4537 switch (s->header.type)
4538 {
4539 default:
4540 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4541 FAIL ();
4542 break;
4543 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4544 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4545 {
4546 if (constructors_sorted)
4547 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4548 else
4549 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4550 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4551 }
4552 break;
4553 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4554 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4555 break;
4556 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4557 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4558 break;
4559 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4560 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4561 break;
4562 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4563 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4564 break;
4565 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4566 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4567 break;
4568 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4569 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4570 break;
4571 case lang_input_section_enum:
4572 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4573 break;
4574 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4575 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4576 break;
4577 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4578 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4579 break;
4580 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4581 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4582 break;
4583 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4584 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4585 break;
4586 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4587 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4588 if (output_target != NULL)
4589 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4590 minfo (")\n");
4591 break;
4592 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4593 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4594 break;
4595 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4596 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4597 break;
4598 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4599 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4600 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4601 s->insert_statement.where);
4602 break;
4603 }
4604 }
4605
4606 static void
4607 print_statements (void)
4608 {
4609 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4610 }
4611
4612 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4613 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4614 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4615 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4616
4617 void
4618 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4619 {
4620 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4621
4622 config.map_file = stderr;
4623
4624 if (n < 0)
4625 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4626 else
4627 {
4628 while (s && --n >= 0)
4629 {
4630 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4631 s = s->header.next;
4632 }
4633 }
4634
4635 config.map_file = map_save;
4636 }
4637
4638 static void
4639 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4640 fill_type *fill,
4641 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4642 asection *output_section,
4643 bfd_vma dot)
4644 {
4645 static fill_type zero_fill;
4646 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4647
4648 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4649 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4650 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4651 if (pad != NULL
4652 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4653 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4654 {
4655 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4656 }
4657 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4658 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4659 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4660 {
4661 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4662 }
4663 else
4664 {
4665 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4666 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4667 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4668 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4669 *ptr = pad;
4670 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4671 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4672 if (fill == NULL)
4673 fill = &zero_fill;
4674 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4675 }
4676 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4677 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4678 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4679 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4680 - output_section->vma);
4681 }
4682
4683 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4684
4685 static bfd_vma
4686 size_input_section
4687 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4688 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4689 fill_type *fill,
4690 bfd_vma dot)
4691 {
4692 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4693 asection *i = is->section;
4694 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4695
4696 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4697 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4698 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4699 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4700 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4701 else
4702 {
4703 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4704
4705 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4706 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4707 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4708 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4709
4710 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4711 i->alignment_power
4712 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4713 "subsection alignment");
4714
4715 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4716 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4717
4718 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4719
4720 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4721 {
4722 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4723 dot += alignment_needed;
4724 }
4725
4726 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4727 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4728
4729 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4730 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4731 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4732 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4733 }
4734
4735 return dot;
4736 }
4737
4738 struct check_sec
4739 {
4740 asection *sec;
4741 bfd_boolean warned;
4742 };
4743
4744 static int
4745 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4746 {
4747 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4748 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4749
4750 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4751 return -1;
4752 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4753 return 1;
4754 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4755 return -1;
4756 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4757 return 1;
4758
4759 return 0;
4760 }
4761
4762 static int
4763 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4764 {
4765 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4766 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4767
4768 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4769 return -1;
4770 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4771 return 1;
4772 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4773 return -1;
4774 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4775 return 1;
4776
4777 return 0;
4778 }
4779
4780 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4781 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4782
4783 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4784 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4785
4786 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4787 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4788 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4789 region has overflowed. */
4790
4791 static void
4792 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4793 {
4794 asection *s, *p;
4795 struct check_sec *sections;
4796 size_t i, count;
4797 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4798 bfd_vma s_start;
4799 bfd_vma s_end;
4800 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4801 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4802 lang_memory_region_type *m;
4803 bfd_boolean overlays;
4804
4805 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
4806 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
4807 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
4808 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4809 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4810 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4811 {
4812 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4813 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
4814 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
4815 s->name);
4816 else
4817 {
4818 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4819 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4820 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
4821 s->name);
4822 }
4823 }
4824
4825 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4826 return;
4827
4828 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
4829 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
4830
4831 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
4832 count = 0;
4833 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4834 {
4835 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
4836 || s->size == 0)
4837 continue;
4838
4839 sections[count].sec = s;
4840 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
4841 count++;
4842 }
4843
4844 if (count <= 1)
4845 {
4846 free (sections);
4847 return;
4848 }
4849
4850 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
4851
4852 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
4853 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
4854 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4855 {
4856 s = sections[i].sec;
4857 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4858 {
4859 s_start = s->lma;
4860 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4861
4862 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
4863 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
4864 case of overlap when the current section starts before
4865 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
4866 previous section wraps around the address space. */
4867 if (p != NULL
4868 && (s_start <= p_end
4869 || p_end < p_start))
4870 {
4871 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
4872 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4873 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4874 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
4875 }
4876 p = s;
4877 p_start = s_start;
4878 p_end = s_end;
4879 }
4880 }
4881
4882 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
4883 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
4884 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
4885 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
4886 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
4887 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
4888 overlays = FALSE;
4889 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
4890 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
4891 {
4892 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
4893 if (p_start == s_start)
4894 {
4895 overlays = TRUE;
4896 break;
4897 }
4898 p_start = s_start;
4899 }
4900
4901 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
4902 if (!overlays)
4903 {
4904 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4905 {
4906 s = sections[i].sec;
4907 s_start = s->vma;
4908 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4909
4910 if (p != NULL
4911 && !sections[i].warned
4912 && (s_start <= p_end
4913 || p_end < p_start))
4914 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
4915 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4916 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4917 p = s;
4918 p_start = s_start;
4919 p_end = s_end;
4920 }
4921 }
4922
4923 free (sections);
4924
4925 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4926 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4927 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4928 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4929
4930 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4931 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
4932 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
4933 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4934 if (m->had_full_message)
4935 {
4936 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
4937 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
4938 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
4939 over),
4940 m->name_list.name, over);
4941 }
4942 }
4943
4944 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
4945 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4946 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4947 calculation wraps around. */
4948
4949 static void
4950 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4951 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4952 etree_type *tree,
4953 bfd_vma rbase)
4954 {
4955 if ((region->current < region->origin
4956 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4957 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4958 || rbase == 0))
4959 {
4960 if (tree != NULL)
4961 {
4962 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
4963 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4964 region->current,
4965 os->bfd_section->owner,
4966 os->bfd_section->name,
4967 region->name_list.name);
4968 }
4969 else if (!region->had_full_message)
4970 {
4971 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4972
4973 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4974 os->bfd_section->owner,
4975 os->bfd_section->name,
4976 region->name_list.name);
4977 }
4978 }
4979 }
4980
4981 static void
4982 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4983 seg_align_type *seg)
4984 {
4985 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
4986 {
4987 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
4988 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
4989 else
4990 {
4991 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
4992 }
4993 }
4994 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
4995 {
4996 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
4997 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
4998 else
4999 {
5000 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5001 }
5002 }
5003 }
5004
5005 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5006
5007 static bfd_vma
5008 lang_size_sections_1
5009 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5010 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5011 fill_type *fill,
5012 bfd_vma dot,
5013 bfd_boolean *relax,
5014 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5015 {
5016 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5017
5018 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5019 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5020 {
5021 switch (s->header.type)
5022 {
5023 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5024 {
5025 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5026 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5027 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5028 int section_alignment = 0;
5029
5030 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5031 if (os->constraint == -1)
5032 break;
5033
5034 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5035 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5036 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5037 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5038 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5039 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5040 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5041 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5042 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5043 {
5044 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5045 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5046
5047 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5048 {
5049 dot = expld.result.value;
5050 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5051 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5052 }
5053 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5054 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5055 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5056 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5057 }
5058
5059 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5060 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5061 break;
5062
5063 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5064 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5065 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5066 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5067 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5068 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5069 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5070 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5071 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5072 {
5073 asection *input;
5074
5075 if (os->children.head == NULL
5076 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5077 || (os->children.head->header.type
5078 != lang_input_section_enum))
5079 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5080 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5081
5082 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5083 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5084 os->bfd_section,
5085 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5086 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5087 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5088 break;
5089 }
5090
5091 newdot = dot;
5092 dotdelta = 0;
5093 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5094 {
5095 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5096 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5097 }
5098 else
5099 {
5100 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5101 {
5102 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5103 from the region specification. */
5104 if (os->region == NULL
5105 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5106 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5107 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5108 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5109 {
5110 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5111 }
5112
5113 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5114 region, and some non default memory regions were
5115 defined, issue an error message. */
5116 if (!os->ignored
5117 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5118 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5119 && check_regions
5120 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5121 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5122 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5123 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5124 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5125 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5126 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5127 {
5128 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5129 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5130 default memory region we can end up creating an
5131 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5132 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5133 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5134 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5135 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5136 switch. */
5137 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5138 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5139 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5140 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5141 os->bfd_section));
5142 else
5143 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5144 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5145 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5146 os->bfd_section));
5147 }
5148
5149 newdot = os->region->current;
5150 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5151 }
5152 else
5153 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5154 "section alignment");
5155
5156 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5157 if (section_alignment > 0)
5158 {
5159 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5160 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5161
5162 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5163 if (dotdelta != 0
5164 && (config.warn_section_align
5165 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5166 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5167 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5168 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5169 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5170 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5171 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5172 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5173 }
5174
5175 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5176
5177 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5178 }
5179
5180 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5181 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5182
5183 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5184
5185 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5186 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5187 no output section should change from zero size
5188 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5189 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5190 input section was not sized early enough. */
5191 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5192 else
5193 {
5194 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5195
5196 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5197 align at the block boundary. */
5198 after = ((dot
5199 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5200 + os->block_value - 1)
5201 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5202
5203 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5204 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5205 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5206 }
5207
5208 /* Set section lma. */
5209 r = os->region;
5210 if (r == NULL)
5211 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5212
5213 if (os->load_base)
5214 {
5215 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5216 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5217 }
5218 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5219 {
5220 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5221
5222 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5223 lma += dotdelta;
5224 else
5225 {
5226 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5227 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5228 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5229 only align according to the value in the output
5230 statement. */
5231 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5232 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5233 "section alignment");
5234 if (section_alignment > 0)
5235 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5236 }
5237 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5238 }
5239 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5240 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5241 {
5242 bfd_vma lma;
5243 asection *last;
5244
5245 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5246
5247 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5248 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5249 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5250 create overlapping LMAs. */
5251 if (dot < last->vma
5252 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5253 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5254 {
5255 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5256 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5257 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5258 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5259 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5260
5261 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5262 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5263 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5264 }
5265 else
5266 {
5267 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5268 at the end of the previous section. */
5269 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5270 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5271
5272 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5273 as the previous section. */
5274 else
5275 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5276
5277 if (section_alignment > 0)
5278 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5279 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5280 }
5281 }
5282 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5283
5284 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5285 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5286 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5287 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5288 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5289 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5290 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5291 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5292 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5293 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5294 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5295 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5296 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5297 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5298 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5299 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5300 || (r->last_os == NULL
5301 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5302 || (r->last_os != NULL
5303 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5304 .bfd_section->vma)))
5305 && os->lma_region == NULL
5306 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5307 r->last_os = s;
5308
5309 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5310 break;
5311
5312 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5313 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5314 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5315 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5316 else
5317 dotdelta = 0;
5318 dot += dotdelta;
5319
5320 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5321 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5322
5323 /* Update dot in the region ?
5324 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5325 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5326 overall size in memory. */
5327 if (os->region != NULL
5328 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5329 {
5330 os->region->current = dot;
5331
5332 if (check_regions)
5333 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5334 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5335 os->bfd_section->vma);
5336
5337 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5338 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5339 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5340 {
5341 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5342
5343 if (check_regions)
5344 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5345 os->bfd_section->lma);
5346 }
5347 }
5348 }
5349 break;
5350
5351 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5352 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5353 output_section_statement,
5354 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5355 break;
5356
5357 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5358 {
5359 unsigned int size = 0;
5360
5361 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5362 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5363 s->data_statement.output_section =
5364 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5365
5366 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5367 need to mark them as needed. */
5368 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5369
5370 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5371 {
5372 default:
5373 abort ();
5374 case QUAD:
5375 case SQUAD:
5376 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5377 break;
5378 case LONG:
5379 size = LONG_SIZE;
5380 break;
5381 case SHORT:
5382 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5383 break;
5384 case BYTE:
5385 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5386 break;
5387 }
5388 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5389 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5390 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5391 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5392 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5393 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5394 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5395
5396 }
5397 break;
5398
5399 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5400 {
5401 int size;
5402
5403 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5404 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5405 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5406 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5407 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5408 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5409 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5410 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5411 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5412 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5413 }
5414 break;
5415
5416 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5417 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5418 output_section_statement,
5419 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5420 break;
5421
5422 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5423 link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5424 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5425 break;
5426
5427 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5428 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5429 break;
5430
5431 case lang_input_section_enum:
5432 {
5433 asection *i;
5434
5435 i = s->input_section.section;
5436 if (relax)
5437 {
5438 bfd_boolean again;
5439
5440 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5441 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5442 if (again)
5443 *relax = TRUE;
5444 }
5445 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5446 fill, dot);
5447 }
5448 break;
5449
5450 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5451 break;
5452
5453 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5454 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5455 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5456
5457 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5458 break;
5459
5460 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5461 {
5462 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5463 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5464
5465 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5466
5467 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5468 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5469 &newdot);
5470
5471 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5472
5473 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5474
5475 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5476 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5477 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5478 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5479 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5480 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5481
5482 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5483 {
5484 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5485 {
5486 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5487 the default memory address. */
5488 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5489 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5490 }
5491 else if (newdot != dot)
5492 {
5493 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5494 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5495 assignment references dot. */
5496 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5497 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5498
5499 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5500 s = s->header.next;
5501
5502 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5503 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5504 user has explicitly stated that the section
5505 should not be allocated. */
5506 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5507 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5508 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5509 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5510 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5511 }
5512 dot = newdot;
5513 }
5514 }
5515 break;
5516
5517 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5518 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5519 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5520 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5521 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5522 will be added back in. */
5523 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5524
5525 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5526 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5527 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5528 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5529 a pad size of zero. */
5530 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5531 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5532 break;
5533
5534 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5535 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5536 output_section_statement,
5537 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5538 break;
5539
5540 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5541 break;
5542
5543 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5544 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5545 break;
5546
5547 default:
5548 FAIL ();
5549 break;
5550 }
5551 prev = &s->header.next;
5552 }
5553 return dot;
5554 }
5555
5556 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5557 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5558 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5559 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5560
5561 bfd_boolean
5562 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5563 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5564 asection *current_section,
5565 asection *previous_section,
5566 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5567 {
5568 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5569 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5570
5571 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5572 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5573 if (new_segment)
5574 return TRUE;
5575
5576 /* Paranoia checks. */
5577 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5578 return new_segment;
5579
5580 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5581 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5582 if (config.separate_code
5583 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5584 return TRUE;
5585
5586 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5587 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5588 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5589 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5590 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5591 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5592
5593 /* More paranoia. */
5594 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5595 return new_segment;
5596
5597 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5598 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5599 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5600 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5601 return cur->region != prev->region;
5602 }
5603
5604 void
5605 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5606 {
5607 lang_statement_iteration++;
5608 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5609 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5610 }
5611
5612 static bfd_boolean
5613 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5614 {
5615 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5616 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5617 bfd_vma first, last;
5618
5619 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5620 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5621 if (first && last
5622 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5623 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5624 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5625 {
5626 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5627 return TRUE;
5628 }
5629
5630 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5631 return FALSE;
5632 }
5633
5634 static bfd_vma
5635 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5636 {
5637 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5638 asection *sec;
5639
5640 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5641 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5642 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5643
5644 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5645 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5646
5647 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5648 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5649 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5650 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5651 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5652 {
5653 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5654 desired? */
5655 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5656
5657 end = start = sec->vma;
5658 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5659 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5660 bump = desired_end - end;
5661 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5662 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5663 start += bump;
5664 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5665 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5666 desired_end = start;
5667 }
5668
5669 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5670 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5671 seg->base = desired_end;
5672 return relro_end;
5673 }
5674
5675 static bfd_boolean
5676 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5677 {
5678 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5679 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5680 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5681
5682 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5683 {
5684 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5685 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5686 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5687 }
5688 else
5689 {
5690 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5691 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5692 }
5693
5694 if (do_data_relro)
5695 {
5696 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5697 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5698
5699 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5700 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5701 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5702 {
5703 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5704 do_reset = TRUE;
5705 }
5706 }
5707
5708 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5709 do_reset = TRUE;
5710
5711 return do_reset;
5712 }
5713
5714 void
5715 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5716 {
5717 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5718 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5719
5720 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5721
5722 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5723 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5724
5725 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5726 {
5727 bfd_boolean do_reset
5728 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5729
5730 if (do_reset)
5731 {
5732 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5733 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5734 }
5735
5736 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5737 {
5738 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5739 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5740 }
5741 }
5742 }
5743
5744 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5745 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5746 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5747
5748 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5749
5750 static bfd_vma
5751 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5752 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5753 fill_type *fill,
5754 bfd_vma dot,
5755 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5756 {
5757 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5758 {
5759 switch (s->header.type)
5760 {
5761 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5762 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5763 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5764 break;
5765
5766 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5767 {
5768 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5769 bfd_vma newdot;
5770
5771 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5772 os->after_end = *found_end;
5773 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5774 {
5775 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5776 {
5777 current_section = os;
5778 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5779 }
5780 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5781 }
5782 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5783 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5784 if (!os->ignored)
5785 {
5786 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5787 {
5788 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5789 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5790 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5791 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5792
5793 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5794 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5795 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5796 }
5797 else
5798 dot = newdot;
5799 }
5800 }
5801 break;
5802
5803 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5804
5805 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5806 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5807 break;
5808
5809 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5810 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5811 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5812 break;
5813
5814 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5815 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5816 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5817 {
5818 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5819 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5820 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5821 }
5822 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5823 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5824 {
5825 unsigned int size;
5826 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5827 {
5828 default:
5829 abort ();
5830 case QUAD:
5831 case SQUAD:
5832 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5833 break;
5834 case LONG:
5835 size = LONG_SIZE;
5836 break;
5837 case SHORT:
5838 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5839 break;
5840 case BYTE:
5841 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5842 break;
5843 }
5844 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5845 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5846 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5847 }
5848 break;
5849
5850 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5851 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5852 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5853 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5854 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5855 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5856 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5857 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5858 break;
5859
5860 case lang_input_section_enum:
5861 {
5862 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5863
5864 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5865 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5866 }
5867 break;
5868
5869 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5870 break;
5871
5872 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5873 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5874 break;
5875
5876 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5877 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
5878 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
5879 {
5880 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
5881
5882 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
5883 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
5884
5885 while (*p == '_')
5886 ++p;
5887 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
5888 *found_end = TRUE;
5889 }
5890 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5891 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
5892 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
5893 &dot);
5894 break;
5895
5896 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5897 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5898 break;
5899
5900 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5901 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5902 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5903 break;
5904
5905 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5906 break;
5907
5908 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5909 break;
5910
5911 default:
5912 FAIL ();
5913 break;
5914 }
5915 }
5916 return dot;
5917 }
5918
5919 void
5920 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5921 {
5922 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
5923
5924 current_section = NULL;
5925 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5926 expld.phase = phase;
5927 lang_statement_iteration++;
5928 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
5929 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
5930 }
5931
5932 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
5933 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
5934 of "dot". */
5935
5936 asection *
5937 section_for_dot (void)
5938 {
5939 asection *s;
5940
5941 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
5942 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
5943 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
5944 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
5945 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
5946 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
5947 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
5948 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
5949 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
5950 {
5951 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
5952 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5953
5954 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
5955 stmt != NULL;
5956 stmt = stmt->header.next)
5957 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
5958 break;
5959
5960 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
5961 while (os != NULL
5962 && !os->after_end
5963 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
5964 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5965 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
5966 os->bfd_section)))
5967 os = os->next;
5968
5969 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
5970 {
5971 if (os != NULL)
5972 s = os->bfd_section;
5973 else
5974 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
5975 while (s != NULL
5976 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5977 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5978 s = s->prev;
5979 if (s != NULL)
5980 return s;
5981
5982 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5983 }
5984 }
5985
5986 s = current_section->bfd_section;
5987
5988 /* The section may have been stripped. */
5989 while (s != NULL
5990 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5991 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5992 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
5993 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
5994 s = s->prev;
5995 if (s == NULL)
5996 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
5997 while (s != NULL
5998 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5999 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6000 s = s->next;
6001 if (s != NULL)
6002 return s;
6003
6004 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6005 }
6006
6007 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6008
6009 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6010 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6011 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6012
6013 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6014 to start_stop_syms. */
6015
6016 static void
6017 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6018 {
6019 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6020
6021 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6022 if (h != NULL)
6023 {
6024 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6025 {
6026 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6027 start_stop_syms
6028 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6029 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6030 }
6031 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6032 }
6033 }
6034
6035 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6036 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6037 preliminary definitions. */
6038
6039 static void
6040 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6041 {
6042 bfd *abfd;
6043 asection *s;
6044 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6045
6046 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6047 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6048 {
6049 const char *ps;
6050 const char *secname = s->name;
6051
6052 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6053 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6054 break;
6055 if (*ps == '\0')
6056 {
6057 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6058
6059 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6060 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6061 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6062
6063 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6064 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6065 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6066
6067 free (symbol);
6068 }
6069 }
6070 }
6071
6072 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6073
6074 static void
6075 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6076 {
6077 size_t i;
6078
6079 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6080 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6081 }
6082
6083 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6084 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6085 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6086 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6087 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6088
6089 static void
6090 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6091 {
6092 if (h->ldscript_def)
6093 return;
6094
6095 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6096 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6097 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6098 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6099 {
6100 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6101 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6102 }
6103 }
6104
6105 static void
6106 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6107 {
6108 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6109 }
6110
6111 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6112 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6113 preliminary definitions. */
6114
6115 static void
6116 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6117 {
6118 asection *s;
6119
6120 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6121 {
6122 const char *secname = s->name;
6123 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6124
6125 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6126 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6127
6128 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6129 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6130 free (symbol);
6131 }
6132 }
6133
6134 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6135
6136 static void
6137 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6138 {
6139 if (h->ldscript_def
6140 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6141 return;
6142
6143 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6144 {
6145 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6146 .startof. already has final value. */
6147 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6148 {
6149 /* .sizeof. */
6150 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6151 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6152 }
6153 }
6154 else
6155 {
6156 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6157 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6158
6159 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6160 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6161 {
6162 /* __stop_ */
6163 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6164 }
6165 }
6166 }
6167
6168 static void
6169 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6170 {
6171 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6172 }
6173
6174 static void
6175 lang_end (void)
6176 {
6177 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6178 bfd_boolean warn;
6179
6180 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6181 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6182 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6183 else
6184 warn = TRUE;
6185
6186 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6187 --gc-sections. */
6188 if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6189 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6190 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6191 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6192
6193 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6194 {
6195 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6196 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6197 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6198 warn = FALSE;
6199 }
6200
6201 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6202 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6203 if (h != NULL
6204 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6205 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6206 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6207 {
6208 bfd_vma val;
6209
6210 val = (h->u.def.value
6211 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6212 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6213 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6214 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6215 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6216 }
6217 else
6218 {
6219 bfd_vma val;
6220 const char *send;
6221
6222 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6223 number. */
6224 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6225 if (*send == '\0')
6226 {
6227 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6228 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6229 }
6230 else
6231 {
6232 asection *ts;
6233
6234 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6235 the first address in the text section. */
6236 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6237 if (ts != NULL)
6238 {
6239 if (warn)
6240 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6241 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6242 entry_symbol.name,
6243 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6244 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6245 (link_info.output_bfd,
6246 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6247 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6248 }
6249 else
6250 {
6251 if (warn)
6252 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6253 " not setting start address\n"),
6254 entry_symbol.name);
6255 }
6256 }
6257 }
6258 }
6259
6260 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6261 BFD. */
6262
6263 static void
6264 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6265 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6266 {
6267 /* Don't do anything. */
6268 }
6269
6270 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6271 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6272 other checking that is needed. */
6273
6274 static void
6275 lang_check (void)
6276 {
6277 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6278 bfd *input_bfd;
6279 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6280
6281 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6282 {
6283 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6284 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6285 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6286 continue;
6287 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6288 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6289 compatible
6290 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6291 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6292
6293 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6294 link between differing object formats when the input
6295 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6296 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6297 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6298 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6299 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6300 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6301 && (compatible == NULL
6302 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6303 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6304 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6305 {
6306 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6307 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6308 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6309 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6310 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6311 }
6312
6313 if (compatible == NULL)
6314 {
6315 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6316 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6317 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6318 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6319 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6320 }
6321 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6322 {
6323 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6324 private data of the output bfd. */
6325
6326 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6327
6328 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6329 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6330 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6331 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6332 information which is needed in the output file. */
6333 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6334 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6335 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6336 {
6337 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6338 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6339 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6340 }
6341 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6342 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6343 }
6344 }
6345 }
6346
6347 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6348 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6349 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6350
6351 static void
6352 lang_common (void)
6353 {
6354 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6355 return;
6356 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6357 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6358 return;
6359
6360 if (!config.sort_common)
6361 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6362 else
6363 {
6364 unsigned int power;
6365
6366 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6367 {
6368 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6369 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6370
6371 power = 0;
6372 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6373 }
6374 else
6375 {
6376 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6377 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6378
6379 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6380 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6381 }
6382 }
6383 }
6384
6385 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6386
6387 static bfd_boolean
6388 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6389 {
6390 unsigned int power_of_two;
6391 bfd_vma size;
6392 asection *section;
6393
6394 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6395 return TRUE;
6396
6397 size = h->u.c.size;
6398 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6399
6400 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6401 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6402 return TRUE;
6403 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6404 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6405 return TRUE;
6406
6407 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6408 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6409 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6410 h->root.string);
6411
6412 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6413 {
6414 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6415 int len;
6416 char *name;
6417 char buf[50];
6418
6419 if (!header_printed)
6420 {
6421 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6422 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6423 header_printed = TRUE;
6424 }
6425
6426 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6427 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6428 if (name == NULL)
6429 {
6430 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6431 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6432 }
6433 else
6434 {
6435 minfo ("%s", name);
6436 len = strlen (name);
6437 free (name);
6438 }
6439
6440 if (len >= 19)
6441 {
6442 print_nl ();
6443 len = 0;
6444 }
6445 while (len < 20)
6446 {
6447 print_space ();
6448 ++len;
6449 }
6450
6451 minfo ("0x");
6452 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6453 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6454 else
6455 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6456 minfo ("%s", buf);
6457 len = strlen (buf);
6458
6459 while (len < 16)
6460 {
6461 print_space ();
6462 ++len;
6463 }
6464
6465 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6466 }
6467
6468 return TRUE;
6469 }
6470
6471 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6472 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6473 option are handled here. */
6474
6475 static void
6476 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6477 {
6478 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6479 {
6480 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6481 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6482 TRUE);
6483 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6484 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6485 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6486 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6487 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6488 }
6489 else
6490 {
6491 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6492 const char *name = s->name;
6493 int constraint = 0;
6494
6495 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6496 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6497 s, s->owner);
6498
6499 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6500 constraint = SPECIAL;
6501
6502 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6503 if (os == NULL)
6504 {
6505 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6506 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6507 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6508 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6509 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6510 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6511 }
6512
6513 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6514 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6515 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6516 s, s->owner, os->name);
6517 }
6518 }
6519
6520 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6521 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6522 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6523
6524 static void
6525 lang_place_orphans (void)
6526 {
6527 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6528 {
6529 asection *s;
6530
6531 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6532 {
6533 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6534 {
6535 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6536 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6537
6538 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6539 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6540 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6541 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6542 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6543 {
6544 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6545 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6546 with the wildcard. */
6547 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6548 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6549 {
6550 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6551 default_common_section
6552 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6553 TRUE);
6554 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6555 NULL, default_common_section);
6556 }
6557 }
6558 else
6559 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6560 }
6561 }
6562 }
6563 }
6564
6565 void
6566 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6567 {
6568 flagword *ptr_flags;
6569
6570 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6571
6572 while (*flags)
6573 {
6574 switch (*flags)
6575 {
6576 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6577 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6578 case '!':
6579 invert = !invert;
6580 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6581 break;
6582
6583 case 'A': case 'a':
6584 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6585 break;
6586
6587 case 'R': case 'r':
6588 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6589 break;
6590
6591 case 'W': case 'w':
6592 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6593 break;
6594
6595 case 'X': case 'x':
6596 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6597 break;
6598
6599 case 'L': case 'l':
6600 case 'I': case 'i':
6601 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6602 break;
6603
6604 default:
6605 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6606 *flags, *flags);
6607 break;
6608 }
6609 flags++;
6610 }
6611 }
6612
6613 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6614 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6615
6616 void
6617 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6618 {
6619 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6620
6621 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6622 f != NULL;
6623 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6624 func (f);
6625 }
6626
6627 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6628 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6629 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6630
6631 void
6632 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6633 {
6634 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6635 {
6636 func (f);
6637 }
6638 }
6639
6640 void
6641 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6642 {
6643 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6644 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6645 &entry->next);
6646
6647 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6648 a link. */
6649 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6650 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6651
6652 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6653 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6654 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6655 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6656
6657 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6658 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6659 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6660 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6661 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6662 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6663 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6664 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6665 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6666
6667 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6668 }
6669
6670 void
6671 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6672 {
6673 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6674 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6675 {
6676 output_filename = name;
6677 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6678 }
6679 }
6680
6681 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6682 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6683 etree_type *address_exp,
6684 enum section_type sectype,
6685 etree_type *align,
6686 etree_type *subalign,
6687 etree_type *ebase,
6688 int constraint,
6689 int align_with_input)
6690 {
6691 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6692
6693 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6694 constraint, TRUE);
6695 current_section = os;
6696
6697 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6698 {
6699 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6700 }
6701 os->sectype = sectype;
6702 if (sectype != noload_section)
6703 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6704 else
6705 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6706 os->block_value = 1;
6707
6708 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6709 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6710
6711 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6712 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6713 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6714 NULL);
6715
6716 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6717 os->section_alignment = align;
6718
6719 os->load_base = ebase;
6720 return os;
6721 }
6722
6723 void
6724 lang_final (void)
6725 {
6726 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6727
6728 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6729 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6730 }
6731
6732 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6733
6734 void
6735 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6736 {
6737 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6738 asection *o;
6739 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6740
6741 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6742 {
6743 p->current = p->origin;
6744 p->last_os = NULL;
6745 }
6746
6747 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6748 os != NULL;
6749 os = os->next)
6750 {
6751 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6752 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6753 }
6754
6755 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6756 {
6757 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6758 o->rawsize = o->size;
6759 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6760 o->size = 0;
6761 }
6762 }
6763
6764 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6765
6766 static void
6767 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6768 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6769 asection *section,
6770 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6771 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6772 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6773 {
6774 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6775 should be as well. */
6776 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6777 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6778 }
6779
6780 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6781
6782 static void
6783 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6784 {
6785 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6786 {
6787 switch (s->header.type)
6788 {
6789 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6790 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6791 break;
6792 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6793 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6794 break;
6795 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6796 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6797 break;
6798 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6799 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6800 break;
6801 default:
6802 break;
6803 }
6804 }
6805 }
6806
6807 static void
6808 lang_gc_sections (void)
6809 {
6810 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
6811 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6812
6813 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6814 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
6815 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
6816 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6817 {
6818 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6819 {
6820 asection *sec;
6821 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6822 if (f->flags.claimed)
6823 continue;
6824 #endif
6825 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6826 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6827 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6828 }
6829 }
6830
6831 if (link_info.gc_sections)
6832 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6833 }
6834
6835 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
6836
6837 static void
6838 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6839 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6840 asection *section,
6841 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6842 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6843 void *data)
6844 {
6845 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6846 size. */
6847 if (section->output_section != NULL
6848 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6849 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6850 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6851 && section->size != 0)
6852 {
6853 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6854 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6855 }
6856 }
6857
6858 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
6859
6860 static void
6861 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6862 seg_align_type *seg,
6863 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6864 {
6865 if (*has_relro_section)
6866 return;
6867
6868 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6869 {
6870 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
6871 break;
6872
6873 switch (s->header.type)
6874 {
6875 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6876 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6877 find_relro_section_callback,
6878 has_relro_section);
6879 break;
6880 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6881 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6882 seg, has_relro_section);
6883 break;
6884 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6885 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6886 seg, has_relro_section);
6887 break;
6888 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6889 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6890 seg, has_relro_section);
6891 break;
6892 default:
6893 break;
6894 }
6895 }
6896 }
6897
6898 static void
6899 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6900 {
6901 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6902
6903 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
6904
6905 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6906 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
6907
6908 if (!has_relro_section)
6909 link_info.relro = FALSE;
6910 }
6911
6912 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
6913
6914 void
6915 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6916 {
6917 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6918 {
6919 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
6920 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6921
6922 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
6923 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6924
6925 while (i--)
6926 {
6927 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
6928 bfd_boolean relax_again;
6929
6930 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6931 do
6932 {
6933 link_info.relax_trip++;
6934
6935 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
6936 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6937 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
6938
6939 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6940 section sizes. */
6941 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6942
6943 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6944 size. */
6945 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6946
6947 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6948 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
6949 relax_again = FALSE;
6950 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6951 }
6952 while (relax_again);
6953
6954 link_info.relax_pass++;
6955 }
6956 need_layout = TRUE;
6957 }
6958
6959 if (need_layout)
6960 {
6961 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
6962 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6963 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6964 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6965 }
6966 }
6967
6968 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6969 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
6970 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6971 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6972 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
6973 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6974 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6975 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6976 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6977 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6978 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
6979
6980 static lang_input_statement_type *
6981 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6982 {
6983 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
6984 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6985 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6986 claim1 != NULL;
6987 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
6988 {
6989 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
6990 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
6991 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
6992 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
6993 lastobject = claim1;
6994 }
6995 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
6996 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
6997 insert point. */
6998 return lastobject;
6999 }
7000
7001 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7002 added during a rescan. */
7003
7004 static lang_statement_union_type **
7005 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7006 {
7007 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7008 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7009 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7010 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7011 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7012
7013 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7014 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7015
7016 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7017 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7018 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7019 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7020 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7021 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7022 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7023 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7024 f != NULL;
7025 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7026 {
7027 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7028 {
7029 before = last_loaded;
7030 if (f->next != NULL)
7031 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7032 }
7033 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7034 last_loaded = f;
7035 }
7036
7037 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7038 *iter != NULL;
7039 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7040 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7041 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7042 break;
7043
7044 return iter;
7045 }
7046
7047 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7048 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7049 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7050
7051 static void
7052 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7053 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7054 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7055 {
7056 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7057 *field = srclist->head;
7058 if (destlist->tail == field)
7059 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7060 }
7061
7062 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7063 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7064
7065 static void
7066 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7067 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7068 {
7069 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7070 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7071 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7072 savetail = origlist->tail;
7073 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7074 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7075 destlist->tail = savetail;
7076 *savetail = NULL;
7077 }
7078 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7079
7080 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7081
7082 void
7083 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7084 {
7085 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7086
7087 if (name == NULL)
7088 return;
7089
7090 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7091
7092 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7093 sym->name = name;
7094 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7095 }
7096
7097 /* Check relocations. */
7098
7099 static void
7100 lang_check_relocs (void)
7101 {
7102 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7103 {
7104 bfd *abfd;
7105
7106 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7107 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7108 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7109 {
7110 /* No object output, fail return. */
7111 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7112 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7113 continue the scan in case there are other
7114 bad relocations to report. */
7115 }
7116 }
7117 }
7118
7119 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7120 propagate forward the lma region. */
7121
7122 static void
7123 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7124 {
7125 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7126
7127 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7128 os != NULL;
7129 os = os->next)
7130 {
7131 if (os->prev != NULL
7132 && os->lma_region == NULL
7133 && os->load_base == NULL
7134 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7135 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7136 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7137 }
7138 }
7139
7140 void
7141 lang_process (void)
7142 {
7143 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7144 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7145 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7146
7147 current_target = default_target;
7148
7149 /* Open the output file. */
7150 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7151 init_opb ();
7152
7153 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7154
7155 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7156 lang_place_undefineds ();
7157
7158 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7159 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7160
7161 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7162 current_target = default_target;
7163 lang_statement_iteration++;
7164 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7165
7166 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7167 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7168 {
7169 lang_statement_list_type added;
7170 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7171
7172 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7173 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7174 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7175 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7176 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7177 file. */
7178 added = *stat_ptr;
7179 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7180 files = file_chain;
7181 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7182 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7183 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7184 plugin_error_plugin ());
7185 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7186 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7187 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7188 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7189 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7190 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7191 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7192 /* Were any new files added? */
7193 if (added.head != NULL)
7194 {
7195 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7196 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7197 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7198 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7199 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7200 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7201 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7202 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7203 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7204 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7205 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7206 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7207 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7208 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7209 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7210 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7211 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7212 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7213 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7214 else
7215 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7216
7217 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7218 files = file_chain;
7219 lang_statement_iteration++;
7220 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7221 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7222 while (files.head != NULL)
7223 {
7224 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7225 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7226 bfd *my_arch;
7227
7228 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7229 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7230 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7231 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7232 if (my_arch != NULL)
7233 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7234 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7235 break;
7236 temp = *insert;
7237 *insert = files.head;
7238 files.head = *iter;
7239 *iter = temp;
7240 if (my_arch != NULL)
7241 {
7242 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7243 if (parent != NULL)
7244 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7245 ((char *) iter
7246 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7247 }
7248 }
7249 }
7250 }
7251 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7252
7253 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7254 before now. */
7255 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7256
7257 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7258
7259 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7260 {
7261 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7262
7263 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7264 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7265 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7266 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7267 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7268 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7269 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7270 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7271 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7272 }
7273
7274 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7275 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7276
7277 ldemul_after_open ();
7278 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7279 lang_print_asneeded ();
7280
7281 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7282
7283 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7284 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7285 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7286 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7287 link. */
7288 lang_check ();
7289
7290 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7291 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7292 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7293
7294 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7295 files. */
7296 ldctor_build_sets ();
7297
7298 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7299 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7300 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7301 if (config.build_constructors)
7302 lang_init_start_stop ();
7303
7304 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7305 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7306 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7307
7308 lang_do_memory_regions();
7309 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7310
7311 /* Size up the common data. */
7312 lang_common ();
7313
7314 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7315 lang_gc_sections ();
7316
7317 /* Check relocations. */
7318 lang_check_relocs ();
7319
7320 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7321
7322 /* Update wild statements. */
7323 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7324
7325 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7326 to the correct output sections. */
7327 lang_statement_iteration++;
7328 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7329
7330 process_insert_statements ();
7331
7332 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7333 lang_place_orphans ();
7334
7335 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7336 {
7337 asection *found;
7338
7339 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7340 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7341 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7342 is hard then. */
7343 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7344
7345 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7346 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7347
7348 if (found != NULL)
7349 {
7350 if (config.text_read_only)
7351 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7352 else
7353 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7354 }
7355 }
7356
7357 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7358 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7359
7360 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7361 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7362 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7363 if (config.build_constructors)
7364 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7365
7366 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7367 dynamic symbols are created. */
7368 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7369 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7370
7371 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7372 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7373 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7374
7375 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7376 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7377 lang_record_phdrs ();
7378
7379 /* Check relro sections. */
7380 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7381 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7382
7383 /* Size up the sections. */
7384 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7385
7386 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7387 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7388 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7389
7390 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7391 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7392
7393 /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
7394 of all the symbols. */
7395 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7396
7397 ldemul_finish ();
7398
7399 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7400 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7401
7402 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7403 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7404 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7405
7406 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7407 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7408
7409 lang_end ();
7410 }
7411
7412 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7413
7414 void
7415 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7416 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7417 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7418 {
7419 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7420 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7421
7422 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7423 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7424 curr != NULL;
7425 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7426 {
7427 next = curr->next;
7428 curr->next = section_list;
7429 }
7430
7431 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7432 {
7433 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7434 filespec->name = NULL;
7435 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7436 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7437 }
7438
7439 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7440 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7441 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7442 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7443 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7444 if (filespec != NULL)
7445 {
7446 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7447 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7448 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7449 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7450 }
7451 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7452 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7453 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7454 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7455 }
7456
7457 void
7458 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7459 const segment_type *segment)
7460 {
7461 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7462
7463 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7464 ad->section_name = name;
7465 ad->address = address;
7466 ad->segment = segment;
7467 }
7468
7469 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7470 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7471 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7472 precedence. */
7473
7474 void
7475 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7476 {
7477 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7478 || cmdline
7479 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7480 {
7481 entry_symbol.name = name;
7482 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7483 }
7484 }
7485
7486 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7487 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7488 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7489 must be permanently allocated. */
7490 void
7491 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7492 {
7493 entry_symbol_default = name;
7494 }
7495
7496 void
7497 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7498 {
7499 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7500
7501 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7502 new_stmt->target = name;
7503 }
7504
7505 void
7506 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7507 {
7508 while (*name)
7509 {
7510 switch (*name)
7511 {
7512 case 'F':
7513 map_option_f = TRUE;
7514 break;
7515 }
7516 name++;
7517 }
7518 }
7519
7520 void
7521 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7522 {
7523 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7524
7525 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7526 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7527 }
7528
7529 void
7530 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7531 {
7532 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7533
7534 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7535 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7536 new_stmt->type = type;
7537 }
7538
7539 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7540 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7541 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7542 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7543 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7544 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7545
7546 void
7547 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7548 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7549 asection *section,
7550 const char *name,
7551 union etree_union *addend)
7552 {
7553 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7554
7555 p->reloc = reloc;
7556 p->howto = howto;
7557 p->section = section;
7558 p->name = name;
7559 p->addend_exp = addend;
7560
7561 p->addend_value = 0;
7562 p->output_section = NULL;
7563 p->output_offset = 0;
7564 }
7565
7566 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7567 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7568 {
7569 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7570
7571 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7572 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7573 return new_stmt;
7574 }
7575
7576 void
7577 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7578 {
7579 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7580 }
7581
7582 void
7583 lang_startup (const char *name)
7584 {
7585 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7586 {
7587 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7588 }
7589 first_file->filename = name;
7590 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7591 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7592 }
7593
7594 void
7595 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7596 {
7597 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7598 }
7599
7600
7601 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7602 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7603
7604 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7605 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7606 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7607 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7608 had an explicit load address.
7609
7610 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7611
7612 static void
7613 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7614 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7615 const char *memspec,
7616 const char *lma_memspec,
7617 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7618 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7619 {
7620 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7621
7622 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7623 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7624 as well. */
7625 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7626 && !have_vma
7627 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7628 *region = *lma_region;
7629 else
7630 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7631
7632 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7633 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7634 NULL);
7635 }
7636
7637 void
7638 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7639 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7640 const char *lma_memspec)
7641 {
7642 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7643 &current_section->lma_region,
7644 memspec, lma_memspec,
7645 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7646 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7647
7648 current_section->fill = fill;
7649 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7650 pop_stat_ptr ();
7651 }
7652
7653 void
7654 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7655 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7656 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7657 {
7658 *(list->tail) = element;
7659 list->tail = field;
7660 }
7661
7662 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7663
7664 void
7665 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7666 const char *big,
7667 const char *little,
7668 int from_script)
7669 {
7670 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7671 {
7672 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7673 && big != NULL)
7674 format = big;
7675 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7676 && little != NULL)
7677 format = little;
7678
7679 output_target = format;
7680 }
7681 }
7682
7683 void
7684 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7685 {
7686 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7687
7688 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7689 new_stmt->where = where;
7690 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7691 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7692 }
7693
7694 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7695 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7696
7697 void
7698 lang_enter_group (void)
7699 {
7700 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7701
7702 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7703 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7704 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7705 }
7706
7707 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7708 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7709 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7710 but currently they can't. */
7711
7712 void
7713 lang_leave_group (void)
7714 {
7715 pop_stat_ptr ();
7716 }
7717
7718 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7719 command in a linker script. */
7720
7721 void
7722 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7723 etree_type *type,
7724 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7725 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7726 etree_type *at,
7727 etree_type *flags)
7728 {
7729 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7730 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7731
7732 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7733 n->next = NULL;
7734 n->name = name;
7735 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
7736 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7737 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7738 n->at = at;
7739 n->flags = flags;
7740
7741 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7742
7743 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7744 if (hdrs
7745 && (*pp)->type == 1
7746 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7747 {
7748 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7749 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7750 hdrs = FALSE;
7751 }
7752
7753 *pp = n;
7754 }
7755
7756 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7757 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7758
7759 static void
7760 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7761 {
7762 unsigned int alc;
7763 asection **secs;
7764 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7765 struct lang_phdr *l;
7766 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7767
7768 alc = 10;
7769 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7770 last = NULL;
7771
7772 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7773 {
7774 unsigned int c;
7775 flagword flags;
7776 bfd_vma at;
7777
7778 c = 0;
7779 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7780 os != NULL;
7781 os = os->next)
7782 {
7783 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7784
7785 if (os->constraint < 0)
7786 continue;
7787
7788 pl = os->phdrs;
7789 if (pl != NULL)
7790 last = pl;
7791 else
7792 {
7793 if (os->sectype == noload_section
7794 || os->bfd_section == NULL
7795 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7796 continue;
7797
7798 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
7799 if (l->type == 3)
7800 continue;
7801
7802 if (last == NULL)
7803 {
7804 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
7805
7806 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7807 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7808 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7809 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7810 header and there are sections in that script which are
7811 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7812 use of that header. See here for more details:
7813 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
7814 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7815 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7816 {
7817 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7818 break;
7819 }
7820 if (last == NULL)
7821 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7822 }
7823 pl = last;
7824 }
7825
7826 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7827 continue;
7828
7829 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7830 {
7831 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7832 {
7833 if (c >= alc)
7834 {
7835 alc *= 2;
7836 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7837 alc * sizeof (asection *));
7838 }
7839 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7840 ++c;
7841 pl->used = TRUE;
7842 }
7843 }
7844 }
7845
7846 if (l->flags == NULL)
7847 flags = 0;
7848 else
7849 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7850
7851 if (l->at == NULL)
7852 at = 0;
7853 else
7854 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7855
7856 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7857 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7858 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7859 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7860 }
7861
7862 free (secs);
7863
7864 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
7865 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7866 os != NULL;
7867 os = os->next)
7868 {
7869 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7870
7871 if (os->constraint < 0
7872 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7873 continue;
7874
7875 for (pl = os->phdrs;
7876 pl != NULL;
7877 pl = pl->next)
7878 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7879 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7880 os->name, pl->name);
7881 }
7882 }
7883
7884 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
7885
7886 void
7887 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7888 {
7889 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7890
7891 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7892 n->next = nocrossref_list;
7893 n->list = l;
7894 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
7895 nocrossref_list = n;
7896
7897 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
7898 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7899 }
7900
7901 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
7902
7903 void
7904 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7905 {
7906 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
7907 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
7908 }
7909 \f
7910 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
7911
7912 /* The overlay virtual address. */
7913 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7914 /* And subsection alignment. */
7915 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7916
7917 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
7918 static etree_type *overlay_max;
7919
7920 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
7921
7922 struct overlay_list {
7923 struct overlay_list *next;
7924 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7925 };
7926
7927 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7928
7929 /* Start handling an overlay. */
7930
7931 void
7932 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7933 {
7934 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
7935 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7936 && overlay_subalign == NULL
7937 && overlay_max == NULL);
7938
7939 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7940 overlay_subalign = subalign;
7941 }
7942
7943 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
7944 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7945 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
7946
7947 void
7948 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7949 {
7950 struct overlay_list *n;
7951 etree_type *size;
7952
7953 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7954 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
7955
7956 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7957 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
7958 used in the addresses. */
7959 if (overlay_list == NULL)
7960 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7961
7962 /* Remember the section. */
7963 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7964 n->os = current_section;
7965 n->next = overlay_list;
7966 overlay_list = n;
7967
7968 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7969
7970 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
7971 if (overlay_max == NULL)
7972 overlay_max = size;
7973 else
7974 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7975 }
7976
7977 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
7978 here. */
7979
7980 void
7981 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7982 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
7983 {
7984 const char *name;
7985 char *clean, *s2;
7986 const char *s1;
7987 char *buf;
7988
7989 name = current_section->name;
7990
7991 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
7992 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
7993 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
7994 override it. */
7995 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
7996
7997 /* Define the magic symbols. */
7998
7999 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8000 s2 = clean;
8001 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8002 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8003 *s2++ = *s1;
8004 *s2 = '\0';
8005
8006 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8007 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8008 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8009 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8010 FALSE));
8011
8012 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8013 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8014 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8015 exp_binop ('+',
8016 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8017 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8018 FALSE));
8019
8020 free (clean);
8021 }
8022
8023 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8024 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8025
8026 void
8027 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8028 int nocrossrefs,
8029 fill_type *fill,
8030 const char *memspec,
8031 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8032 const char *lma_memspec)
8033 {
8034 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8035 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8036 struct overlay_list *l;
8037 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8038
8039 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8040 memspec, lma_memspec,
8041 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8042
8043 nocrossref = NULL;
8044
8045 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8046 overlay region. */
8047 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8048 {
8049 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8050 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8051 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8052 }
8053
8054 l = overlay_list;
8055 while (l != NULL)
8056 {
8057 struct overlay_list *next;
8058
8059 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8060 l->os->fill = fill;
8061
8062 l->os->region = region;
8063 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8064
8065 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8066 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8067 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8068 an LMA region was specified. */
8069 if (l->next == 0)
8070 {
8071 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8072 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8073 }
8074 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8075 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8076
8077 if (nocrossrefs)
8078 {
8079 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8080
8081 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8082 nc->name = l->os->name;
8083 nc->next = nocrossref;
8084 nocrossref = nc;
8085 }
8086
8087 next = l->next;
8088 free (l);
8089 l = next;
8090 }
8091
8092 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8093 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8094
8095 overlay_vma = NULL;
8096 overlay_list = NULL;
8097 overlay_max = NULL;
8098 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8099 }
8100 \f
8101 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8102
8103 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8104 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8105 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8106
8107 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8108 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8109 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8110 const char *sym)
8111 {
8112 const char *c_sym;
8113 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8114 const char *java_sym = sym;
8115 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8116 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8117
8118 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8119 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8120 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8121 if (!c_sym)
8122 c_sym = sym;
8123 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8124
8125 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8126 {
8127 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8128 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8129 if (!cxx_sym)
8130 cxx_sym = sym;
8131 }
8132 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8133 {
8134 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8135 if (!java_sym)
8136 java_sym = sym;
8137 }
8138
8139 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8140 {
8141 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8142
8143 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8144 {
8145 case 0:
8146 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8147 {
8148 e.pattern = c_sym;
8149 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8150 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8151 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8152 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8153 goto out_ret;
8154 else
8155 expr = expr->next;
8156 }
8157 /* Fallthrough */
8158 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8159 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8160 {
8161 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8162 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8163 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8164 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8165 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8166 goto out_ret;
8167 else
8168 expr = expr->next;
8169 }
8170 /* Fallthrough */
8171 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8172 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8173 {
8174 e.pattern = java_sym;
8175 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8176 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8177 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8178 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8179 goto out_ret;
8180 else
8181 expr = expr->next;
8182 }
8183 /* Fallthrough */
8184 default:
8185 break;
8186 }
8187 }
8188
8189 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8190 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8191 expr = head->remaining;
8192 else
8193 expr = prev->next;
8194 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8195 {
8196 const char *s;
8197
8198 if (!expr->pattern)
8199 continue;
8200
8201 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8202 break;
8203
8204 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8205 s = java_sym;
8206 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8207 s = cxx_sym;
8208 else
8209 s = c_sym;
8210 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8211 break;
8212 }
8213
8214 out_ret:
8215 if (c_sym != sym)
8216 free ((char *) c_sym);
8217 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8218 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8219 if (java_sym != sym)
8220 free ((char *) java_sym);
8221 return expr;
8222 }
8223
8224 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8225 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8226
8227 static const char *
8228 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8229 {
8230 const char *p;
8231 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8232 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8233
8234 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8235 {
8236 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8237 backslash. */
8238 if (backslash)
8239 {
8240 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8241 *(s - 1) = *p;
8242 backslash = FALSE;
8243 changed = TRUE;
8244 }
8245 else
8246 {
8247 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8248 {
8249 free (symbol);
8250 return NULL;
8251 }
8252
8253 *s++ = *p;
8254 backslash = *p == '\\';
8255 }
8256 }
8257
8258 if (changed)
8259 {
8260 *s = '\0';
8261 return symbol;
8262 }
8263 else
8264 {
8265 free (symbol);
8266 return pattern;
8267 }
8268 }
8269
8270 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8271 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8272 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8273
8274 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8275 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8276 const char *new_name,
8277 const char *lang,
8278 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8279 {
8280 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8281
8282 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8283 ret->next = orig;
8284 ret->symver = 0;
8285 ret->script = 0;
8286 ret->literal = TRUE;
8287 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8288 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8289 {
8290 ret->pattern = new_name;
8291 ret->literal = FALSE;
8292 }
8293
8294 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8295 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8296 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8297 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8298 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8299 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8300 else
8301 {
8302 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8303 lang);
8304 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8305 }
8306
8307 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8308 }
8309
8310 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8311 expressions. */
8312
8313 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8314 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8315 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8316 {
8317 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8318
8319 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8320 ret->globals.list = globals;
8321 ret->locals.list = locals;
8322 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8323 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8324 return ret;
8325 }
8326
8327 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8328
8329 static int version_index;
8330
8331 static hashval_t
8332 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8333 {
8334 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8335 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8336
8337 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8338 }
8339
8340 static int
8341 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8342 {
8343 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8344 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8345 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8346 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8347
8348 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8349 }
8350
8351 static void
8352 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8353 {
8354 size_t count = 0;
8355 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8356 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8357
8358 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8359 {
8360 if (e->literal)
8361 count++;
8362 head->mask |= e->mask;
8363 }
8364
8365 if (count)
8366 {
8367 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8368 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8369 list_loc = &head->list;
8370 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8371 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8372 {
8373 next = e->next;
8374 if (!e->literal)
8375 {
8376 *remaining_loc = e;
8377 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8378 }
8379 else
8380 {
8381 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8382
8383 if (*loc)
8384 {
8385 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8386
8387 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8388 last = NULL;
8389 do
8390 {
8391 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8392 {
8393 last = NULL;
8394 break;
8395 }
8396 last = e1;
8397 e1 = e1->next;
8398 }
8399 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8400
8401 if (last == NULL)
8402 {
8403 /* This is a duplicate. */
8404 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8405 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8406 /* free (e->pattern); */
8407 free (e);
8408 }
8409 else
8410 {
8411 e->next = last->next;
8412 last->next = e;
8413 }
8414 }
8415 else
8416 {
8417 *loc = e;
8418 *list_loc = e;
8419 list_loc = &e->next;
8420 }
8421 }
8422 }
8423 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8424 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8425 }
8426 else
8427 head->remaining = head->list;
8428 }
8429
8430 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8431 version. */
8432
8433 void
8434 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8435 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8436 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8437 {
8438 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8439 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8440
8441 if (name == NULL)
8442 name = "";
8443
8444 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8445 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8446 {
8447 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8448 " with other version tags\n"));
8449 free (version);
8450 return;
8451 }
8452
8453 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8454 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8455 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8456 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8457
8458 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8459 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8460
8461 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8462 aren't any duplicates. */
8463
8464 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8465 {
8466 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8467 {
8468 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8469
8470 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8471 {
8472 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8473 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8474 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8475 {
8476 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8477 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8478 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8479 e2 = e2->next;
8480 }
8481 }
8482 else if (!e1->literal)
8483 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8484 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8485 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8486 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8487 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8488 }
8489 }
8490
8491 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8492 {
8493 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8494 {
8495 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8496
8497 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8498 {
8499 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8500 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8501 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8502 {
8503 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8504 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8505 " in version information\n"),
8506 e1->pattern);
8507 e2 = e2->next;
8508 }
8509 }
8510 else if (!e1->literal)
8511 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8512 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8513 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8514 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8515 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8516 }
8517 }
8518
8519 version->deps = deps;
8520 version->name = name;
8521 if (name[0] != '\0')
8522 {
8523 ++version_index;
8524 version->vernum = version_index;
8525 }
8526 else
8527 version->vernum = 0;
8528
8529 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8530 ;
8531 *pp = version;
8532 }
8533
8534 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8535
8536 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8537 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8538 {
8539 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8540 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8541
8542 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8543 ret->next = list;
8544
8545 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8546 {
8547 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8548 {
8549 ret->version_needed = t;
8550 return ret;
8551 }
8552 }
8553
8554 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8555
8556 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8557 return ret;
8558 }
8559
8560 static void
8561 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8562 {
8563 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8564
8565 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8566 {
8567 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8568 char *contents, *p;
8569 bfd_size_type len;
8570
8571 if (sec == NULL)
8572 continue;
8573
8574 len = sec->size;
8575 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8576 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8577 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8578
8579 p = contents;
8580 while (p < contents + len)
8581 {
8582 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8583 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8584 }
8585
8586 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8587
8588 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8589 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8590 }
8591
8592 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8593 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8594 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8595 }
8596
8597 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8598
8599 static void
8600 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8601 {
8602 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8603
8604 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8605 {
8606 if (r->origin_exp)
8607 {
8608 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8609 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8610 {
8611 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8612 r->current = r->origin;
8613 }
8614 else
8615 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8616 r->name_list.name);
8617 }
8618 if (r->length_exp)
8619 {
8620 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8621 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8622 r->length = expld.result.value;
8623 else
8624 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8625 r->name_list.name);
8626 }
8627 }
8628 }
8629
8630 void
8631 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8632 {
8633 struct unique_sections *ent;
8634
8635 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8636 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8637 return;
8638
8639 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8640 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8641 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8642 unique_section_list = ent;
8643 }
8644
8645 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8646
8647 void
8648 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8649 {
8650 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8651 {
8652 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8653 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8654 ;
8655 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8656 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8657 }
8658 else
8659 {
8660 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8661
8662 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8663 d->head.list = dynamic;
8664 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8665 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8666 }
8667 }
8668
8669 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8670 one. */
8671
8672 void
8673 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8674 {
8675 const char *symbols[] =
8676 {
8677 "typeinfo name for*",
8678 "typeinfo for*"
8679 };
8680 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8681 unsigned int i;
8682
8683 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8684 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8685 FALSE);
8686
8687 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8688 }
8689
8690 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8691 existing one. */
8692
8693 void
8694 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8695 {
8696 const char *symbols[] =
8697 {
8698 "operator new*",
8699 "operator delete*"
8700 };
8701 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8702 unsigned int i;
8703
8704 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8705 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8706 FALSE);
8707
8708 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8709 }
8710
8711 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8712
8713 void
8714 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8715 {
8716 char *p, *q;
8717
8718 p = str;
8719 while (*p)
8720 {
8721 char sep;
8722 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8723 ++p;
8724 if (!*p)
8725 break;
8726 q = p + 1;
8727 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8728 ++q;
8729 sep = *q;
8730 *q = 0;
8731 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8732 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8733 else
8734 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8735 *q = sep;
8736 p = q;
8737 }
8738 }
8739
8740 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8741
8742 static void
8743 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8744 {
8745 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8746 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8747 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8748 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8749 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8750 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8751 else
8752 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8753 }
8754
8755 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8756
8757 void
8758 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8759 {
8760 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8761
8762 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8763 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8764 {
8765 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8766 double percent;
8767
8768 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8769 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8770 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8771
8772 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8773
8774 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8775 }
8776 }